1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA 2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 4 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 5 6 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler. 7 8 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) 11 any later version. 12 13 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 16 GNU General Public License for more details. 17 18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 19 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free 20 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 21 02110-1301, USA. */ 22 23 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science 24 at the University of Utah. */ 25 26 #include "as.h" 27 #include "safe-ctype.h" 28 #include "subsegs.h" 29 #include "dw2gencfi.h" 30 31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h" 32 33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */ 34 #include "opcode/hppa.h" 35 36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM) 37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined 38 #endif 39 40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug 41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records, 42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */ 43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h" 45 46 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do 47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */ 48 49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type; 51 52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc) 56 57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 58 /* How to generate a relocation. */ 59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type 60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type 61 #else 62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type 63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type 64 #endif 65 66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere 67 to store a copyright string. */ 68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version 69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version 70 71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind" 72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */ 73 74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */ 76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$" 77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$" 78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$" 79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$" 80 81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */ 82 typedef int reloc_type; 83 84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */ 85 #define obj_version obj_som_version 86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright 87 88 /* How to generate a relocation. */ 89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type 90 91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */ 92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type; 93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\ 94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc) 95 96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */ 97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL 98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78 99 #endif 100 101 #ifndef R_N0SEL 102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8 103 #endif 104 105 #ifndef R_N1SEL 106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9 107 #endif 108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */ 109 110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25 112 #else 113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10 114 #endif 115 116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */ 117 118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */ 119 120 struct unwind_desc 121 { 122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1; 123 unsigned int millicode:1; 124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1; 125 unsigned int region_desc:2; 126 unsigned int save_sr:2; 127 unsigned int entry_fr:4; 128 unsigned int entry_gr:5; 129 unsigned int args_stored:1; 130 unsigned int call_fr:5; 131 unsigned int call_gr:5; 132 unsigned int save_sp:1; 133 unsigned int save_rp:1; 134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1; 135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1; 136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1; 137 138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1; 139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1; 140 unsigned int reserved:3; 141 unsigned int frame_size:27; 142 }; 143 144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular 145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to 146 object files. */ 147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \ 148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \ 149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \ 150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \ 151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \ 152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \ 153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \ 154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \ 155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \ 156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \ 157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \ 158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \ 159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \ 160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \ 161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \ 162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0)) 163 164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \ 165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \ 166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \ 167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0)) 168 169 struct unwind_table 170 { 171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by 172 descriptor. */ 173 unsigned int start_offset; 174 unsigned int end_offset; 175 struct unwind_desc descriptor; 176 }; 177 178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to 179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in 180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors. 181 182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of 183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME. 184 185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the 186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */ 187 188 struct call_info 189 { 190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */ 191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind; 192 193 /* Name of this function. */ 194 symbolS *start_symbol; 195 196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */ 197 symbolS *end_symbol; 198 199 /* Next entry in the chain. */ 200 struct call_info *ci_next; 201 }; 202 203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions 204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows 205 SGL and DBL). */ 206 typedef enum 207 { 208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW 209 } 210 fp_operand_format; 211 212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to 213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation 214 (ELF has no need for it). */ 215 typedef enum 216 { 217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN, 218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE, 219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE, 220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA, 221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY, 222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE, 223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL, 224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG, 225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG, 226 } 227 pa_symbol_type; 228 229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble 230 individual instructions. */ 231 struct pa_it 232 { 233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */ 234 unsigned long opcode; 235 236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */ 237 expressionS exp; 238 239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */ 240 int pcrel; 241 242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */ 243 fp_operand_format fpof1; 244 fp_operand_format fpof2; 245 246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */ 247 int trunc; 248 249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction 250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */ 251 long field_selector; 252 253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this 254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */ 255 unsigned int arg_reloc; 256 257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */ 258 int format; 259 260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */ 261 reloc_type reloc; 262 }; 263 264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this: 265 266 +--------------+--------------+ 267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R | 268 +--------------+--------------+ 269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R | 270 +--------------+--------------+ 271 | | | 272 273 . . . 274 . . . 275 . . . 276 277 | | | 278 +--------------+--------------+ 279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R | 280 +--------------+--------------+ 281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R | 282 +--------------+--------------+ */ 283 284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */ 285 struct call_desc 286 { 287 /* The argument relocation specification. */ 288 unsigned int arg_reloc; 289 290 /* Number of arguments. */ 291 unsigned int arg_count; 292 }; 293 294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 296 chain. */ 297 298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain 299 { 300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */ 301 unsigned int ssd_defined; 302 303 /* Name of this subspace. */ 304 char *ssd_name; 305 306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 307 asection *ssd_seg; 308 int ssd_subseg; 309 310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */ 311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next; 312 }; 313 314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct; 315 316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary 317 chain. */ 318 319 struct space_dictionary_chain 320 { 321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or 322 as a default space. */ 323 unsigned int sd_defined; 324 325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */ 326 unsigned int sd_user_defined; 327 328 /* The space number (or index). */ 329 unsigned int sd_spnum; 330 331 /* The name of this subspace. */ 332 char *sd_name; 333 334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */ 335 asection *sd_seg; 336 337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */ 338 int sd_last_subseg; 339 340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */ 341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces; 342 343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */ 344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next; 345 }; 346 347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct; 348 349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace 350 dictionary entries. */ 351 352 struct default_subspace_dict 353 { 354 /* Name of the subspace. */ 355 char *name; 356 357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */ 358 char defined; 359 360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */ 361 char loadable; 362 363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */ 364 char code_only; 365 366 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */ 367 char comdat; 368 369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */ 370 char common; 371 372 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols 373 to be multiply defined. */ 374 char dup_common; 375 376 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */ 377 char zero; 378 379 /* Sort key for this subspace. */ 380 unsigned char sort; 381 382 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access 383 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */ 384 int access; 385 386 /* Index of containing space. */ 387 int space_index; 388 389 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */ 390 int alignment; 391 392 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */ 393 int quadrant; 394 395 /* An index into the default spaces array. */ 396 int def_space_index; 397 398 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */ 399 subsegT subsegment; 400 }; 401 402 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space 403 dictionary entries. */ 404 405 struct default_space_dict 406 { 407 /* Name of the space. */ 408 char *name; 409 410 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within 411 assembly code numerically! */ 412 int spnum; 413 414 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */ 415 char loadable; 416 417 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */ 418 char defined; 419 420 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */ 421 char private; 422 423 /* Sort key for this space. */ 424 unsigned char sort; 425 426 /* Segment associated with this space. */ 427 asection *segment; 428 }; 429 #endif 430 431 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments, 432 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular 433 label. */ 434 typedef struct label_symbol_struct 435 { 436 struct symbol *lss_label; 437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 438 sd_chain_struct *lss_space; 439 #endif 440 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 441 segT lss_segment; 442 #endif 443 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next; 444 } 445 label_symbol_struct; 446 447 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */ 448 struct hppa_fix_struct 449 { 450 /* The field selector. */ 451 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field; 452 453 /* Type of fixup. */ 454 int fx_r_type; 455 456 /* Format of fixup. */ 457 int fx_r_format; 458 459 /* Argument relocation bits. */ 460 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc; 461 462 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */ 463 segT segment; 464 }; 465 466 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */ 467 468 struct pd_reg 469 { 470 char *name; 471 int value; 472 }; 473 474 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string 475 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */ 476 struct fp_cond_map 477 { 478 char *string; 479 int cond; 480 }; 481 482 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector 483 string to a field selector type. */ 484 struct selector_entry 485 { 486 char *prefix; 487 int field_selector; 488 }; 489 490 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */ 491 492 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 493 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void); 494 #endif 495 496 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 497 static void pa_text (int); 498 static void pa_data (int); 499 static void pa_comm (int); 500 #endif 501 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 502 static int exact_log2 (int); 503 static void pa_compiler (int); 504 static void pa_align (int); 505 static void pa_space (int); 506 static void pa_spnum (int); 507 static void pa_subspace (int); 508 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int, 509 int, int, int, 510 asection *, int); 511 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 512 char *, int, int, 513 int, int, int, int, 514 int, int, int, int, 515 int, asection *); 516 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *, 517 char *, int, int, int, 518 int, int, int, int, 519 int, int, int, int, 520 asection *); 521 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *); 522 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *); 523 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *); 524 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *, 525 subsegT); 526 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int); 527 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int); 528 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int); 529 #endif 530 531 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */ 532 533 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 534 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */ 535 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root; 536 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last; 537 538 /* The current space and subspace. */ 539 static sd_chain_struct *current_space; 540 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace; 541 #endif 542 543 /* Root of the call_info chain. */ 544 static struct call_info *call_info_root; 545 546 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure 547 seen so it can be associated with fixups and 548 function labels. */ 549 static struct call_info *last_call_info; 550 551 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */ 552 static struct call_desc last_call_desc; 553 554 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */ 555 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL; 556 557 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be 558 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!' 559 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */ 560 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>"; 561 562 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of 563 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename' 564 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output. 565 566 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the 567 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs 568 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output. 569 570 Also note that C style comments will always work. */ 571 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#"; 572 573 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the 574 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */ 575 const char comment_chars[] = ";"; 576 577 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */ 578 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!"; 579 580 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */ 581 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE"; 582 583 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant. 584 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12. 585 586 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be 587 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it 588 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */ 589 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP"; 590 591 static struct pa_it the_insn; 592 593 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression 594 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global 595 variable. */ 596 static char *expr_end; 597 598 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */ 599 static int callinfo_found; 600 601 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */ 602 static int within_entry_exit; 603 604 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */ 605 static int within_procedure; 606 607 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol 608 seen in each subspace. */ 609 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL; 610 611 /* Holds the last field selector. */ 612 static int hppa_field_selector; 613 614 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise. 615 616 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or 617 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction. 618 619 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure 620 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields 621 by pa_parse_number. */ 622 static int strict; 623 624 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly 625 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating 626 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards. 627 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point 628 register has a `r' suffix. */ 629 #define FP_REG_BASE 64 630 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128 631 static int pa_number; 632 633 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 634 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */ 635 static symbolS *dummy_symbol; 636 #endif 637 638 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */ 639 static int print_errors = 1; 640 641 /* List of registers that are pre-defined: 642 643 Each general register has one predefined name of the form 644 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>. 645 646 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner, 647 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names. 648 649 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form 650 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined 651 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which 652 again have the value <REGNUM>. 653 654 Many registers also have synonyms: 655 656 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms 657 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms 658 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms 659 %r30 has %sp as a synonym 660 %r27 has %dp as a synonym 661 %r2 has %rp as a synonym 662 663 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed 664 here for brevity. 665 666 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */ 667 668 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] = 669 { 670 {"%arg0", 26}, 671 {"%arg1", 25}, 672 {"%arg2", 24}, 673 {"%arg3", 23}, 674 {"%cr0", 0}, 675 {"%cr10", 10}, 676 {"%cr11", 11}, 677 {"%cr12", 12}, 678 {"%cr13", 13}, 679 {"%cr14", 14}, 680 {"%cr15", 15}, 681 {"%cr16", 16}, 682 {"%cr17", 17}, 683 {"%cr18", 18}, 684 {"%cr19", 19}, 685 {"%cr20", 20}, 686 {"%cr21", 21}, 687 {"%cr22", 22}, 688 {"%cr23", 23}, 689 {"%cr24", 24}, 690 {"%cr25", 25}, 691 {"%cr26", 26}, 692 {"%cr27", 27}, 693 {"%cr28", 28}, 694 {"%cr29", 29}, 695 {"%cr30", 30}, 696 {"%cr31", 31}, 697 {"%cr8", 8}, 698 {"%cr9", 9}, 699 {"%dp", 27}, 700 {"%eiem", 15}, 701 {"%eirr", 23}, 702 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 703 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 704 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 705 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 706 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 707 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE}, 708 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 709 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 710 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 711 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE}, 712 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 713 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 714 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE}, 715 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 716 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 717 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE}, 718 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 719 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 720 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE}, 721 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 722 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 723 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE}, 724 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 725 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 726 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE}, 727 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 728 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 729 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE}, 730 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 731 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 732 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE}, 733 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 734 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 735 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE}, 736 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 737 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 738 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE}, 739 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 740 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE}, 741 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 742 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 743 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 744 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE}, 745 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 746 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 747 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE}, 748 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 749 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 750 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE}, 751 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 752 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 753 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE}, 754 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 755 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 756 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE}, 757 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 758 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 759 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE}, 760 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 761 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 762 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE}, 763 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 764 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 765 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE}, 766 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 767 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 768 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE}, 769 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 770 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 771 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE}, 772 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 773 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE}, 774 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 775 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 776 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 777 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE}, 778 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 779 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 780 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE}, 781 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 782 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE}, 783 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 784 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 785 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE}, 786 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 787 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 788 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE}, 789 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 790 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 791 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE}, 792 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 793 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 794 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE}, 795 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 796 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 797 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE}, 798 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 799 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 800 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE}, 801 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL}, 802 {"%fret", 4}, 803 {"%hta", 25}, 804 {"%iir", 19}, 805 {"%ior", 21}, 806 {"%ipsw", 22}, 807 {"%isr", 20}, 808 {"%itmr", 16}, 809 {"%iva", 14}, 810 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 811 {"%mrp", 2}, 812 #else 813 {"%mrp", 31}, 814 #endif 815 {"%pcoq", 18}, 816 {"%pcsq", 17}, 817 {"%pidr1", 8}, 818 {"%pidr2", 9}, 819 {"%pidr3", 12}, 820 {"%pidr4", 13}, 821 {"%ppda", 24}, 822 {"%r0", 0}, 823 {"%r1", 1}, 824 {"%r10", 10}, 825 {"%r11", 11}, 826 {"%r12", 12}, 827 {"%r13", 13}, 828 {"%r14", 14}, 829 {"%r15", 15}, 830 {"%r16", 16}, 831 {"%r17", 17}, 832 {"%r18", 18}, 833 {"%r19", 19}, 834 {"%r2", 2}, 835 {"%r20", 20}, 836 {"%r21", 21}, 837 {"%r22", 22}, 838 {"%r23", 23}, 839 {"%r24", 24}, 840 {"%r25", 25}, 841 {"%r26", 26}, 842 {"%r27", 27}, 843 {"%r28", 28}, 844 {"%r29", 29}, 845 {"%r3", 3}, 846 {"%r30", 30}, 847 {"%r31", 31}, 848 {"%r4", 4}, 849 {"%r5", 5}, 850 {"%r6", 6}, 851 {"%r7", 7}, 852 {"%r8", 8}, 853 {"%r9", 9}, 854 {"%rctr", 0}, 855 {"%ret0", 28}, 856 {"%ret1", 29}, 857 {"%rp", 2}, 858 {"%sar", 11}, 859 {"%sp", 30}, 860 {"%sr0", 0}, 861 {"%sr1", 1}, 862 {"%sr2", 2}, 863 {"%sr3", 3}, 864 {"%sr4", 4}, 865 {"%sr5", 5}, 866 {"%sr6", 6}, 867 {"%sr7", 7}, 868 {"%t1", 22}, 869 {"%t2", 21}, 870 {"%t3", 20}, 871 {"%t4", 19}, 872 {"%tf1", 11}, 873 {"%tf2", 10}, 874 {"%tf3", 9}, 875 {"%tf4", 8}, 876 {"%tr0", 24}, 877 {"%tr1", 25}, 878 {"%tr2", 26}, 879 {"%tr3", 27}, 880 {"%tr4", 28}, 881 {"%tr5", 29}, 882 {"%tr6", 30}, 883 {"%tr7", 31} 884 }; 885 886 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is 887 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked 888 for < first, we would get a false match. */ 889 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] = 890 { 891 {"false?", 0}, 892 {"false", 1}, 893 {"true?", 30}, 894 {"true", 31}, 895 {"!<=>", 3}, 896 {"!?>=", 8}, 897 {"!?<=", 16}, 898 {"!<>", 7}, 899 {"!>=", 11}, 900 {"!?>", 12}, 901 {"?<=", 14}, 902 {"!<=", 19}, 903 {"!?<", 20}, 904 {"?>=", 22}, 905 {"!?=", 24}, 906 {"!=t", 27}, 907 {"<=>", 29}, 908 {"=t", 5}, 909 {"?=", 6}, 910 {"?<", 10}, 911 {"<=", 13}, 912 {"!>", 15}, 913 {"?>", 18}, 914 {">=", 21}, 915 {"!<", 23}, 916 {"<>", 25}, 917 {"!=", 26}, 918 {"!?", 28}, 919 {"?", 2}, 920 {"=", 4}, 921 {"<", 9}, 922 {">", 17} 923 }; 924 925 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] = 926 { 927 {"f", e_fsel}, 928 {"l", e_lsel}, 929 {"ld", e_ldsel}, 930 {"lp", e_lpsel}, 931 {"lr", e_lrsel}, 932 {"ls", e_lssel}, 933 {"lt", e_ltsel}, 934 {"ltp", e_ltpsel}, 935 {"n", e_nsel}, 936 {"nl", e_nlsel}, 937 {"nlr", e_nlrsel}, 938 {"p", e_psel}, 939 {"r", e_rsel}, 940 {"rd", e_rdsel}, 941 {"rp", e_rpsel}, 942 {"rr", e_rrsel}, 943 {"rs", e_rssel}, 944 {"rt", e_rtsel}, 945 {"rtp", e_rtpsel}, 946 {"t", e_tsel}, 947 }; 948 949 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 950 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */ 951 952 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME 953 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME 954 955 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */ 956 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0 957 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1 958 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2 959 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0 960 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2 961 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3 962 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0 963 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1 964 965 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] = 966 { 967 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE}, 968 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA}, 969 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT}, 970 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI}, 971 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS}, 972 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0} 973 }; 974 975 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] = 976 { 977 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL}, 978 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL}, 979 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL} 980 }; 981 982 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */ 983 984 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */ 985 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined 986 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined 987 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum 988 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name 989 990 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined 991 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name 992 #endif 993 994 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents 995 a right or left half of a FP register */ 996 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r') 997 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l') 998 999 /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */ 1000 1001 #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \ 1002 { \ 1003 if (immediate_check) \ 1004 { \ 1005 if (pos == -1) \ 1006 pos = (VALUE); \ 1007 else if (len == -1) \ 1008 len = (VALUE); \ 1009 } \ 1010 } 1011 1012 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip 1013 main loop after insertion. */ 1014 1015 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \ 1016 { \ 1017 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \ 1018 continue; \ 1019 } 1020 1021 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds. 1022 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1023 1024 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \ 1025 { \ 1026 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1027 { \ 1028 if (! IGNORE) \ 1029 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1030 (int) (FIELD));\ 1031 break; \ 1032 } \ 1033 } 1034 1035 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where 1036 the current file and line number are not valid. */ 1037 1038 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \ 1039 { \ 1040 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \ 1041 { \ 1042 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \ 1043 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \ 1044 (int) (FIELD));\ 1045 break; \ 1046 } \ 1047 } 1048 1049 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two). 1050 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */ 1051 1052 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \ 1053 { \ 1054 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \ 1055 { \ 1056 if (! IGNORE) \ 1057 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \ 1058 (int) (FIELD));\ 1059 break; \ 1060 } \ 1061 } 1062 1063 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \ 1064 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1065 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0) 1066 1067 #define is_SB_relative(exp) \ 1068 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1069 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0) 1070 1071 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \ 1072 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1073 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0) 1074 1075 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \ 1076 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1077 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0) 1078 1079 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \ 1080 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1081 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0) 1082 1083 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \ 1084 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1085 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0) 1086 1087 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \ 1088 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1089 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0) 1090 1091 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \ 1092 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \ 1093 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0) 1094 1095 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll 1096 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't 1097 need real complex handling yet. */ 1098 #define is_complex(exp) \ 1099 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol) 1100 1101 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */ 1102 1103 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and 1104 proc/procend pairs match. */ 1105 1106 void 1107 pa_check_eof (void) 1108 { 1109 if (within_entry_exit) 1110 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n")); 1111 1112 if (within_procedure) 1113 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n")); 1114 } 1115 1116 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space. 1117 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */ 1118 1119 static label_symbol_struct * 1120 pa_get_label (void) 1121 { 1122 label_symbol_struct *label_chain; 1123 1124 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1125 label_chain; 1126 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next) 1127 { 1128 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1129 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label) 1130 return label_chain; 1131 #endif 1132 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1133 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label) 1134 return label_chain; 1135 #endif 1136 } 1137 1138 return NULL; 1139 } 1140 1141 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined, 1142 this function will replace it with the new label. */ 1143 1144 void 1145 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol) 1146 { 1147 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label (); 1148 1149 if (label_chain) 1150 label_chain->lss_label = symbol; 1151 else 1152 { 1153 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */ 1154 label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct)); 1155 label_chain->lss_label = symbol; 1156 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1157 label_chain->lss_space = current_space; 1158 #endif 1159 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1160 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg; 1161 #endif 1162 label_chain->lss_next = NULL; 1163 1164 if (label_symbols_rootp) 1165 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp; 1166 1167 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain; 1168 } 1169 1170 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1171 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol); 1172 #endif 1173 } 1174 1175 /* Removes a label definition for the current space. 1176 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */ 1177 1178 static void 1179 pa_undefine_label (void) 1180 { 1181 label_symbol_struct *label_chain; 1182 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL; 1183 1184 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp; 1185 label_chain; 1186 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next) 1187 { 1188 if (1 1189 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1190 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label 1191 #endif 1192 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1193 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label 1194 #endif 1195 ) 1196 { 1197 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */ 1198 if (prev_label_chain) 1199 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next; 1200 else 1201 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next; 1202 1203 free (label_chain); 1204 break; 1205 } 1206 prev_label_chain = label_chain; 1207 } 1208 } 1209 1210 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA 1211 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa 1212 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An 1213 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the 1214 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the 1215 tc_fix_data field. */ 1216 1217 static void 1218 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, 1219 int where, 1220 int size, 1221 symbolS *add_symbol, 1222 offsetT offset, 1223 expressionS *exp, 1224 int pcrel, 1225 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type, 1226 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field, 1227 int r_format, 1228 unsigned int arg_reloc, 1229 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1230 { 1231 fixS *new_fix; 1232 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (¬es, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct)); 1233 1234 if (exp != NULL) 1235 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type); 1236 else 1237 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type); 1238 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 1239 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type; 1240 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field; 1241 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format; 1242 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc; 1243 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 1244 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1245 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT) 1246 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits; 1247 #endif 1248 1249 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$ 1250 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate 1251 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */ 1252 if (new_fix->fx_subsy 1253 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0 1254 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0 1255 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0 1256 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0 1257 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0 1258 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0 1259 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0 1260 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)) 1261 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL; 1262 } 1263 1264 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW. 1265 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */ 1266 1267 void 1268 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp) 1269 { 1270 unsigned int rel_type; 1271 1272 /* Get a base relocation type. */ 1273 if (is_DP_relative (*exp)) 1274 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 1275 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp)) 1276 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1277 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1278 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp)) 1279 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1280 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp)) 1281 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 1282 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp)) 1283 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 1284 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp)) 1285 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 1286 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp)) 1287 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 1288 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp)) 1289 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 1290 #endif 1291 else if (is_complex (*exp)) 1292 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX; 1293 else 1294 rel_type = R_HPPA; 1295 1296 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel) 1297 { 1298 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%.")); 1299 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel; 1300 } 1301 1302 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size, 1303 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type, 1304 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0); 1305 1306 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */ 1307 hppa_field_selector = 0; 1308 } 1309 1310 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */ 1311 1312 static void 1313 get_expression (char *str) 1314 { 1315 char *save_in; 1316 asection *seg; 1317 1318 save_in = input_line_pointer; 1319 input_line_pointer = str; 1320 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp); 1321 if (!(seg == absolute_section 1322 || seg == undefined_section 1323 || SEG_NORMAL (seg))) 1324 { 1325 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression.")); 1326 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1327 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1328 return; 1329 } 1330 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 1331 input_line_pointer = save_in; 1332 } 1333 1334 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the 1335 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */ 1336 1337 static int 1338 pa_parse_nullif (char **s) 1339 { 1340 int nullif; 1341 1342 nullif = 0; 1343 if (**s == ',') 1344 { 1345 *s = *s + 1; 1346 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0) 1347 nullif = 1; 1348 else 1349 { 1350 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s); 1351 nullif = 0; 1352 } 1353 *s = *s + 1; 1354 } 1355 1356 return nullif; 1357 } 1358 1359 char * 1360 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP) 1361 { 1362 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE); 1363 } 1364 1365 /* Write out big-endian. */ 1366 1367 void 1368 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n) 1369 { 1370 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n); 1371 } 1372 1373 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target 1374 format. */ 1375 1376 arelent ** 1377 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp) 1378 { 1379 arelent *reloc; 1380 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 1381 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL; 1382 arelent **relocs; 1383 reloc_type **codes; 1384 reloc_type code; 1385 int n_relocs; 1386 int i; 1387 1388 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 1389 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0) 1390 return &no_relocs; 1391 1392 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0); 1393 gas_assert (section != 0); 1394 1395 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent)); 1396 1397 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1398 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1399 1400 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations. 1401 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */ 1402 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr, 1403 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail 1404 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */ 1405 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX 1406 && fixp->fx_pcrel) 1407 { 1408 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 1409 fixp->fx_offset += 8; 1410 } 1411 1412 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput, 1413 fixp->fx_r_type, 1414 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format, 1415 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field, 1416 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL, 1417 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)); 1418 1419 if (codes == NULL) 1420 { 1421 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup")); 1422 abort (); 1423 } 1424 1425 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++) 1426 ; 1427 1428 relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1); 1429 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs); 1430 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1431 relocs[i] = &reloc[i]; 1432 1433 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL; 1434 1435 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1436 switch (fixp->fx_r_type) 1437 { 1438 default: 1439 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1); 1440 1441 code = *codes[0]; 1442 1443 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */ 1444 switch (code) 1445 { 1446 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 1447 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 1448 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F: 1449 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32: 1450 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L: 1451 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R: 1452 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1453 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1454 (static link required). This adjustment is done in 1455 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section. 1456 1457 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1458 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1459 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1460 reloc->addend = 0; 1461 break; 1462 1463 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC 1464 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R: 1465 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F: 1466 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C: 1467 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 1468 case R_PARISC_DIR17F: 1469 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L: 1470 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 1471 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 1472 fixp->fx_offset); 1473 break; 1474 #endif 1475 1476 case R_PARISC_DIR32: 1477 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */ 1478 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0) 1479 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 1480 /* Fall thru */ 1481 1482 default: 1483 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1484 break; 1485 } 1486 1487 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1488 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1489 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1490 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1491 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1492 1493 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type); 1494 break; 1495 } 1496 #else /* OBJ_SOM */ 1497 1498 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */ 1499 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++) 1500 { 1501 code = *codes[i]; 1502 1503 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1504 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1505 relocs[i]->howto = 1506 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1507 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code); 1508 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1509 1510 switch (code) 1511 { 1512 case R_COMP2: 1513 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference 1514 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four 1515 relocs now and break out of the loop. */ 1516 gas_assert (i == 1); 1517 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr 1518 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1519 relocs[0]->howto 1520 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1521 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]); 1522 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1523 relocs[0]->addend = 0; 1524 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1525 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy); 1526 relocs[1]->howto 1527 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1528 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]); 1529 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1530 relocs[1]->addend = 0; 1531 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1532 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy); 1533 relocs[2]->howto 1534 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1535 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]); 1536 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1537 relocs[2]->addend = 0; 1538 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr 1539 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1540 relocs[3]->howto 1541 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1542 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]); 1543 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1544 relocs[3]->addend = 0; 1545 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr 1546 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; 1547 relocs[4]->howto 1548 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, 1549 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]); 1550 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where; 1551 relocs[4]->addend = 0; 1552 goto done; 1553 case R_PCREL_CALL: 1554 case R_ABS_CALL: 1555 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0); 1556 break; 1557 1558 case R_DLT_REL: 1559 case R_DATA_PLABEL: 1560 case R_CODE_PLABEL: 1561 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the 1562 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2 1563 (static link required). 1564 1565 FIXME: We always assume no static link! 1566 1567 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs; 1568 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since 1569 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */ 1570 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1571 break; 1572 1573 case R_N_MODE: 1574 case R_S_MODE: 1575 case R_D_MODE: 1576 case R_R_MODE: 1577 case R_FSEL: 1578 case R_LSEL: 1579 case R_RSEL: 1580 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB: 1581 case R_END_BRTAB: 1582 case R_BEGIN_TRY: 1583 case R_N0SEL: 1584 case R_N1SEL: 1585 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */ 1586 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1587 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1588 relocs[i]->addend = 0; 1589 break; 1590 1591 case R_END_TRY: 1592 case R_ENTRY: 1593 case R_EXIT: 1594 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */ 1595 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *)); 1596 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol); 1597 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1598 break; 1599 1600 default: 1601 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset; 1602 } 1603 } 1604 1605 done: 1606 #endif 1607 1608 return relocs; 1609 } 1610 1611 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */ 1612 1613 void 1614 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1615 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1616 fragS *fragP) 1617 { 1618 unsigned int address; 1619 1620 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent) 1621 { 1622 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype) 1623 { 1624 case 0: 1625 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill; 1626 know (fragP->fr_var == 1); 1627 know (fragP->fr_next); 1628 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix; 1629 if (address % fragP->fr_offset) 1630 { 1631 fragP->fr_offset = 1632 fragP->fr_next->fr_address 1633 - fragP->fr_address 1634 - fragP->fr_fix; 1635 } 1636 else 1637 fragP->fr_offset = 0; 1638 break; 1639 } 1640 } 1641 } 1642 1643 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */ 1644 1645 valueT 1646 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size) 1647 { 1648 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment); 1649 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1; 1650 1651 return (size + align2) & ~align2; 1652 } 1653 1654 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */ 1655 1656 int 1657 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1658 { 1659 int size; 1660 1661 size = 0; 1662 1663 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset) 1664 size++; 1665 1666 return size; 1667 } 1668 1669 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1670 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1671 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc"; 1672 # else 1673 const char *md_shortopts = "V"; 1674 # endif 1675 #else 1676 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1677 const char *md_shortopts = "c"; 1678 # else 1679 const char *md_shortopts = ""; 1680 # endif 1681 #endif 1682 1683 struct option md_longopts[] = 1684 { 1685 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1686 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'}, 1687 #endif 1688 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0} 1689 }; 1690 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts); 1691 1692 int 1693 md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1694 { 1695 switch (c) 1696 { 1697 default: 1698 return 0; 1699 1700 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1701 case 'V': 1702 print_version_id (); 1703 break; 1704 #endif 1705 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1706 case 'c': 1707 warn_comment = 1; 1708 break; 1709 #endif 1710 } 1711 1712 return 1; 1713 } 1714 1715 void 1716 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1717 { 1718 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1719 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1720 -Q ignored\n")); 1721 #endif 1722 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS 1723 fprintf (stream, _("\ 1724 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n")); 1725 #endif 1726 } 1727 1728 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */ 1729 1730 symbolS * 1731 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1732 { 1733 return NULL; 1734 } 1735 1736 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 1737 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \ 1738 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1)) 1739 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \ 1740 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE)) 1741 #else 1742 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0 1743 #endif 1744 1745 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */ 1746 1747 void 1748 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1749 { 1750 char *fixpos; 1751 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP; 1752 offsetT new_val; 1753 int insn, val, fmt; 1754 1755 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can 1756 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for 1757 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */ 1758 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1759 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY 1760 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT 1761 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 1762 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 1763 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY) 1764 return; 1765 1766 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY 1767 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes 1768 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */ 1769 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY) 1770 { 1771 fixP->fx_offset = * valP; 1772 return; 1773 } 1774 #endif 1775 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1776 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY 1777 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT) 1778 return; 1779 #endif 1780 1781 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0) 1782 fixP->fx_done = 1; 1783 1784 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */ 1785 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data; 1786 if (hppa_fixP == NULL) 1787 { 1788 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1789 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"), 1790 fixP->fx_r_type); 1791 return; 1792 } 1793 1794 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where; 1795 1796 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32) 1797 { 1798 /* Handle constant output. */ 1799 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size); 1800 return; 1801 } 1802 1803 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos); 1804 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn); 1805 1806 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something 1807 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs). 1808 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it 1809 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */ 1810 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL 1811 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE) 1812 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1813 && fmt != 32 1814 #endif 1815 ) 1816 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1817 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1818 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */ 1819 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel 1820 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 1821 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel 1822 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel 1823 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 1824 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel) 1825 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0); 1826 #endif 1827 else 1828 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1829 1830 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */ 1831 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) 1832 && fixP->fx_addsy 1833 && fixP->fx_pcrel 1834 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy), 1835 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc) 1836 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1837 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384 1838 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288) 1839 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1840 #endif 1841 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 1842 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288 1843 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216)) 1844 #endif 1845 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy) 1846 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy) 1847 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment 1848 && !(fixP->fx_subsy 1849 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment)) 1850 { 1851 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field); 1852 } 1853 1854 switch (fmt) 1855 { 1856 case 10: 1857 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1858 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1859 val = new_val; 1860 1861 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1) 1862 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1863 break; 1864 case -11: 1865 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1866 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1867 val = new_val; 1868 1869 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1) 1870 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13)); 1871 break; 1872 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */ 1873 case 14: 1874 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192, 1875 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1876 val = new_val; 1877 1878 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14)); 1879 break; 1880 1881 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */ 1882 case 21: 1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576, 1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1885 val = new_val; 1886 1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val); 1888 break; 1889 1890 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */ 1891 case 11: 1892 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024, 1893 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1894 val = new_val; 1895 1896 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11); 1897 break; 1898 1899 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */ 1900 case 12: 1901 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192, 1902 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1903 val = new_val - 8; 1904 1905 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2); 1906 break; 1907 1908 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */ 1909 case 17: 1910 { 1911 offsetT distance = * valP; 1912 1913 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1914 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1915 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1916 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1917 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144, 1918 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1919 1920 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144, 1921 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1922 val = new_val - 8; 1923 1924 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2); 1925 break; 1926 } 1927 1928 case 22: 1929 { 1930 offsetT distance = * valP; 1931 1932 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of 1933 range target, then we want to complain. */ 1934 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL 1935 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000) 1936 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1937 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1938 1939 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608, 1940 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line); 1941 val = new_val - 8; 1942 1943 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2); 1944 break; 1945 } 1946 1947 case -10: 1948 val = new_val; 1949 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8); 1950 break; 1951 1952 case -16: 1953 val = new_val; 1954 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4); 1955 break; 1956 1957 case 16: 1958 val = new_val; 1959 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val); 1960 break; 1961 1962 case 32: 1963 insn = new_val; 1964 break; 1965 1966 default: 1967 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, 1968 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix.")); 1969 return; 1970 } 1971 1972 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 1973 switch (fixP->fx_r_type) 1974 { 1975 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L: 1976 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R: 1977 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L: 1978 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R: 1979 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L: 1980 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R: 1981 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L: 1982 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R: 1983 if (fixP->fx_addsy) 1984 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy); 1985 break; 1986 default: 1987 break; 1988 } 1989 #endif 1990 1991 /* Insert the relocation. */ 1992 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos); 1993 } 1994 1995 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO? 1996 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */ 1997 1998 long 1999 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP) 2000 { 2001 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address; 2002 } 2003 2004 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of 2005 a statement. */ 2006 2007 static int 2008 is_end_of_statement (void) 2009 { 2010 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n') 2011 || (*input_line_pointer == ';') 2012 || (*input_line_pointer == '!')); 2013 } 2014 2015 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg)) 2016 2017 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return 2018 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */ 2019 2020 static int 2021 reg_name_search (char *name) 2022 { 2023 int middle, low, high; 2024 int cmp; 2025 2026 low = 0; 2027 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1; 2028 2029 do 2030 { 2031 middle = (low + high) / 2; 2032 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name); 2033 if (cmp < 0) 2034 high = middle - 1; 2035 else if (cmp > 0) 2036 low = middle + 1; 2037 else 2038 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value; 2039 } 2040 while (low <= high); 2041 2042 return -1; 2043 } 2044 2045 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms, 2046 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be 2047 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol. 2048 2049 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing 2050 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is 2051 returned in `pa_number'. 2052 2053 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be 2054 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is 2055 not set. 2056 2057 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail 2058 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */ 2059 2060 static int 2061 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float) 2062 { 2063 int num; 2064 char *name; 2065 char c; 2066 symbolS *sym; 2067 int status; 2068 char *p = *s; 2069 bfd_boolean have_prefix; 2070 2071 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */ 2072 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') 2073 p = p + 1; 2074 2075 pa_number = -1; 2076 have_prefix = 0; 2077 num = 0; 2078 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p)) 2079 { 2080 /* Looks like a number. */ 2081 2082 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X')) 2083 { 2084 /* The number is specified in hex. */ 2085 p += 2; 2086 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f')) 2087 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F'))) 2088 { 2089 if (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2090 num = num * 16 + *p - '0'; 2091 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f') 2092 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10; 2093 else 2094 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10; 2095 ++p; 2096 } 2097 } 2098 else 2099 { 2100 /* The number is specified in decimal. */ 2101 while (ISDIGIT (*p)) 2102 { 2103 num = num * 10 + *p - '0'; 2104 ++p; 2105 } 2106 } 2107 2108 pa_number = num; 2109 2110 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */ 2111 if (is_float) 2112 { 2113 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE; 2114 if (! (is_float & 2)) 2115 { 2116 if (IS_R_SELECT (p)) 2117 { 2118 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL; 2119 ++p; 2120 } 2121 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p)) 2122 { 2123 ++p; 2124 } 2125 } 2126 } 2127 } 2128 else if (*p == '%') 2129 { 2130 /* The number might be a predefined register. */ 2131 have_prefix = 1; 2132 name = p; 2133 p++; 2134 c = *p; 2135 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general 2136 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY 2137 slow. */ 2138 if (c == 'r') 2139 { 2140 p++; 2141 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't' 2142 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1')) 2143 { 2144 p += 2; 2145 num = *p - '0' + 28; 2146 p++; 2147 } 2148 else if (*p == 'p') 2149 { 2150 num = 2; 2151 p++; 2152 } 2153 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p)) 2154 { 2155 if (print_errors) 2156 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2157 num = -1; 2158 } 2159 else 2160 { 2161 do 2162 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0'; 2163 while (ISDIGIT (*p)); 2164 } 2165 } 2166 else 2167 { 2168 /* Do a normal register search. */ 2169 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2170 { 2171 p = p + 1; 2172 c = *p; 2173 } 2174 *p = 0; 2175 status = reg_name_search (name); 2176 if (status >= 0) 2177 num = status; 2178 else 2179 { 2180 if (print_errors) 2181 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name); 2182 num = -1; 2183 } 2184 *p = c; 2185 } 2186 2187 pa_number = num; 2188 } 2189 else 2190 { 2191 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which 2192 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */ 2193 name = p; 2194 c = *p; 2195 while (is_part_of_name (c)) 2196 { 2197 p = p + 1; 2198 c = *p; 2199 } 2200 *p = 0; 2201 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL) 2202 { 2203 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section) 2204 { 2205 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2206 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a 2207 register, so... */ 2208 have_prefix = TRUE; 2209 } 2210 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section) 2211 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym); 2212 else if (!strict) 2213 { 2214 if (print_errors) 2215 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name); 2216 num = -1; 2217 } 2218 } 2219 else if (!strict) 2220 { 2221 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol 2222 or for an empty string. For an empty string we 2223 will return zero. That's a concession made for 2224 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */ 2225 if (*name == 0) 2226 num = 0; 2227 else 2228 { 2229 if (print_errors) 2230 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name); 2231 num = -1; 2232 } 2233 } 2234 *p = c; 2235 2236 pa_number = num; 2237 } 2238 2239 if (!strict || have_prefix) 2240 { 2241 *s = p; 2242 return 1; 2243 } 2244 return 0; 2245 } 2246 2247 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require 2248 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */ 2249 2250 static int 2251 need_pa11_opcode (void) 2252 { 2253 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0 2254 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL)) 2255 { 2256 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 2257 then set a new architecture. */ 2258 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11) 2259 { 2260 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11)) 2261 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 2262 } 2263 return TRUE; 2264 } 2265 else 2266 return FALSE; 2267 } 2268 2269 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical 2270 code associated with the condition. */ 2271 2272 static int 2273 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s) 2274 { 2275 int cond, i; 2276 2277 cond = 0; 2278 2279 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) 2280 { 2281 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string, 2282 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0) 2283 { 2284 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond; 2285 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2286 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and 2287 report an error. */ 2288 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2289 { 2290 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string); 2291 break; 2292 } 2293 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t') 2294 *s = *s + 1; 2295 return cond; 2296 } 2297 } 2298 2299 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s); 2300 2301 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */ 2302 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2303 *s += 1; 2304 2305 return 0; 2306 } 2307 2308 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */ 2309 2310 static int 2311 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s) 2312 { 2313 int value; 2314 2315 value = 0; 2316 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0) 2317 { 2318 value = 5; 2319 *s += 4; 2320 } 2321 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0) 2322 { 2323 value = 9; 2324 *s += 4; 2325 } 2326 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0) 2327 { 2328 value = 13; 2329 *s += 4; 2330 } 2331 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0) 2332 { 2333 value = 17; 2334 *s += 4; 2335 } 2336 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0) 2337 { 2338 value = 1; 2339 *s += 3; 2340 } 2341 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0) 2342 { 2343 value = 6; 2344 *s += 4; 2345 } 2346 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0) 2347 { 2348 value = 2; 2349 *s += 3; 2350 } 2351 else 2352 { 2353 value = 0; 2354 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s); 2355 } 2356 2357 return value; 2358 } 2359 2360 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2361 type. */ 2362 2363 static fp_operand_format 2364 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s) 2365 { 2366 int format; 2367 2368 format = SGL; 2369 if (**s == ',') 2370 { 2371 *s += 1; 2372 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2373 { 2374 format = SGL; 2375 *s += 4; 2376 } 2377 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2378 { 2379 format = DBL; 2380 *s += 4; 2381 } 2382 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2383 { 2384 format = QUAD; 2385 *s += 5; 2386 } 2387 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0) 2388 { 2389 format = W; 2390 *s += 2; 2391 } 2392 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0) 2393 { 2394 format = UW; 2395 *s += 3; 2396 } 2397 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0) 2398 { 2399 format = DW; 2400 *s += 3; 2401 } 2402 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0) 2403 { 2404 format = UDW; 2405 *s += 4; 2406 } 2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0) 2408 { 2409 format = QW; 2410 *s += 3; 2411 } 2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0) 2413 { 2414 format = UQW; 2415 *s += 4; 2416 } 2417 else 2418 { 2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2421 } 2422 } 2423 2424 return format; 2425 } 2426 2427 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer 2428 type. */ 2429 2430 static fp_operand_format 2431 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s) 2432 { 2433 int format; 2434 2435 format = SGL; 2436 if (**s == ',') 2437 { 2438 *s += 1; 2439 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0) 2440 { 2441 format = SGL; 2442 *s += 4; 2443 } 2444 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0) 2445 { 2446 format = DBL; 2447 *s += 4; 2448 } 2449 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0) 2450 { 2451 format = QUAD; 2452 *s += 5; 2453 } 2454 else 2455 { 2456 format = ILLEGAL_FMT; 2457 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s); 2458 } 2459 } 2460 2461 return format; 2462 } 2463 2464 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */ 2465 2466 static int 2467 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str) 2468 { 2469 int middle, low, high; 2470 int cmp; 2471 char name[4]; 2472 2473 /* Read past any whitespace. */ 2474 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */ 2475 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f') 2476 *str = *str + 1; 2477 2478 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%') 2479 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2480 name[1] = 0; 2481 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%') 2482 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2483 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2484 name[2] = 0; 2485 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%') 2486 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]), 2487 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]), 2488 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]), 2489 name[3] = 0; 2490 else 2491 return e_fsel; 2492 2493 low = 0; 2494 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1; 2495 2496 do 2497 { 2498 middle = (low + high) / 2; 2499 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix); 2500 if (cmp < 0) 2501 high = middle - 1; 2502 else if (cmp > 0) 2503 low = middle + 1; 2504 else 2505 { 2506 *str += strlen (name) + 1; 2507 #ifndef OBJ_SOM 2508 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel) 2509 return e_fsel; 2510 #endif 2511 return selector_table[middle].field_selector; 2512 } 2513 } 2514 while (low <= high); 2515 2516 return e_fsel; 2517 } 2518 2519 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by 2520 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */ 2521 2522 void 2523 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp) 2524 { 2525 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer); 2526 expression (exp); 2527 } 2528 2529 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by 2530 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */ 2531 static int 2532 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn) 2533 { 2534 offsetT value; 2535 expressionS exp; 2536 int field_selector = insn->field_selector; 2537 2538 exp = insn->exp; 2539 value = exp.X_add_number; 2540 2541 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector); 2542 } 2543 2544 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */ 2545 2546 static int 2547 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp) 2548 { 2549 char *save_in; 2550 2551 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp); 2552 save_in = input_line_pointer; 2553 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2554 expression (&insn->exp); 2555 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing. 2556 2557 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider 2558 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register 2559 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5? 2560 2561 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try 2562 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */ 2563 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus) 2564 { 2565 char *s, c; 2566 2567 input_line_pointer = *strp; 2568 s = *strp; 2569 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 2570 s++; 2571 2572 c = *s; 2573 *s = 0; 2574 2575 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp); 2576 2577 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2578 *s = c; 2579 return evaluate_absolute (insn); 2580 } 2581 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers 2582 and return to our caller. */ 2583 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict) 2584 { 2585 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 2586 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2587 return 0; 2588 } 2589 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant) 2590 { 2591 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute).")); 2592 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 2593 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2594 return 0; 2595 } 2596 expr_end = input_line_pointer; 2597 input_line_pointer = save_in; 2598 return evaluate_absolute (insn); 2599 } 2600 2601 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated 2602 argument location number. */ 2603 2604 static unsigned int 2605 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name) 2606 { 2607 2608 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0) 2609 return 0; 2610 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0) 2611 return 1; 2612 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0) 2613 return 2; 2614 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0) 2615 return 3; 2616 else 2617 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name); 2618 2619 return 0; 2620 } 2621 2622 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for 2623 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */ 2624 2625 static unsigned int 2626 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc) 2627 { 2628 unsigned int new_reloc; 2629 2630 new_reloc = arg_reloc; 2631 switch (reg) 2632 { 2633 case 0: 2634 new_reloc <<= 8; 2635 break; 2636 case 1: 2637 new_reloc <<= 6; 2638 break; 2639 case 2: 2640 new_reloc <<= 4; 2641 break; 2642 case 3: 2643 new_reloc <<= 2; 2644 break; 2645 default: 2646 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg); 2647 } 2648 2649 return new_reloc; 2650 } 2651 2652 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2653 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2654 2655 static int 2656 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2657 { 2658 int cmpltr; 2659 char *name = *s + 1; 2660 char c; 2661 char *save_s = *s; 2662 int nullify = 0; 2663 2664 cmpltr = 0; 2665 if (**s == ',') 2666 { 2667 *s += 1; 2668 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2669 *s += 1; 2670 c = **s; 2671 **s = 0x00; 2672 2673 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2674 { 2675 cmpltr = 1; 2676 } 2677 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2678 { 2679 cmpltr = 2; 2680 } 2681 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2682 { 2683 cmpltr = 3; 2684 } 2685 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0) 2686 { 2687 cmpltr = 4; 2688 } 2689 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 2690 { 2691 cmpltr = 5; 2692 } 2693 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2694 { 2695 cmpltr = 6; 2696 } 2697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2698 { 2699 cmpltr = 7; 2700 } 2701 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2702 completer. */ 2703 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2704 { 2705 cmpltr = 0; 2706 nullify = 1; 2707 } 2708 else 2709 { 2710 cmpltr = -1; 2711 } 2712 **s = c; 2713 } 2714 2715 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2716 if (nullify) 2717 *s = save_s; 2718 2719 return cmpltr; 2720 } 2721 2722 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the 2723 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2724 2725 static int 2726 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s) 2727 { 2728 int cmpltr; 2729 char *name = *s + 1; 2730 char c; 2731 char *save_s = *s; 2732 int nullify = 0; 2733 2734 cmpltr = 0; 2735 if (**s == ',') 2736 { 2737 *s += 1; 2738 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2739 *s += 1; 2740 c = **s; 2741 **s = 0x00; 2742 2743 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 2744 { 2745 cmpltr = 0; 2746 } 2747 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 2748 { 2749 cmpltr = 1; 2750 } 2751 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 2752 { 2753 cmpltr = 2; 2754 } 2755 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 2756 { 2757 cmpltr = 3; 2758 } 2759 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 2760 { 2761 cmpltr = 4; 2762 } 2763 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0) 2764 { 2765 cmpltr = 5; 2766 } 2767 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 2768 { 2769 cmpltr = 6; 2770 } 2771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 2772 { 2773 cmpltr = 7; 2774 } 2775 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 2776 completer. */ 2777 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 2778 { 2779 cmpltr = 0; 2780 nullify = 1; 2781 } 2782 else 2783 { 2784 cmpltr = -1; 2785 } 2786 **s = c; 2787 } 2788 2789 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 2790 if (nullify) 2791 *s = save_s; 2792 2793 return cmpltr; 2794 } 2795 2796 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for 2797 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. 2798 2799 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are 2800 returned as 8-15. */ 2801 2802 static int 2803 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2804 { 2805 int cmpltr; 2806 char *name = *s + 1; 2807 char c; 2808 2809 cmpltr = -1; 2810 if (**s == ',') 2811 { 2812 *s += 1; 2813 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2814 *s += 1; 2815 c = **s; 2816 **s = 0x00; 2817 2818 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0) 2819 { 2820 cmpltr = 0; 2821 } 2822 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2823 { 2824 cmpltr = 1; 2825 } 2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2827 { 2828 cmpltr = 2; 2829 } 2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2831 { 2832 cmpltr = 3; 2833 } 2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2835 { 2836 cmpltr = 4; 2837 } 2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0) 2839 { 2840 cmpltr = 5; 2841 } 2842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0) 2843 { 2844 cmpltr = 6; 2845 } 2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0) 2847 { 2848 cmpltr = 7; 2849 } 2850 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0) 2851 { 2852 cmpltr = 8; 2853 } 2854 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2855 { 2856 cmpltr = 9; 2857 } 2858 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2859 { 2860 cmpltr = 10; 2861 } 2862 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2863 { 2864 cmpltr = 11; 2865 } 2866 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2867 { 2868 cmpltr = 12; 2869 } 2870 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0) 2871 { 2872 cmpltr = 13; 2873 } 2874 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0) 2875 { 2876 cmpltr = 14; 2877 } 2878 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0) 2879 { 2880 cmpltr = 15; 2881 } 2882 else 2883 { 2884 cmpltr = -1; 2885 } 2886 **s = c; 2887 } 2888 2889 return cmpltr; 2890 } 2891 2892 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number 2893 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2894 2895 static int 2896 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s) 2897 { 2898 int cmpltr; 2899 char *name = *s + 1; 2900 char c; 2901 2902 cmpltr = -1; 2903 if (**s == ',') 2904 { 2905 *s += 1; 2906 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2907 *s += 1; 2908 c = **s; 2909 **s = 0x00; 2910 2911 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0) 2912 { 2913 cmpltr = 0; 2914 } 2915 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0) 2916 { 2917 cmpltr = 1; 2918 } 2919 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0) 2920 { 2921 cmpltr = 2; 2922 } 2923 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 2924 { 2925 cmpltr = 3; 2926 } 2927 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0) 2928 { 2929 cmpltr = 4; 2930 } 2931 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 2932 { 2933 cmpltr = 5; 2934 } 2935 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 2936 { 2937 cmpltr = 6; 2938 } 2939 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 2940 { 2941 cmpltr = 7; 2942 } 2943 else 2944 { 2945 cmpltr = -1; 2946 } 2947 **s = c; 2948 } 2949 2950 return cmpltr; 2951 } 2952 2953 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number 2954 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 2955 2956 static int 2957 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 2958 { 2959 int cmpltr; 2960 char *name = *s + 1; 2961 char c; 2962 char *save_s = *s; 2963 int nullify = 0; 2964 2965 cmpltr = 0; 2966 if (**s == ',') 2967 { 2968 *s += 1; 2969 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 2970 *s += 1; 2971 c = **s; 2972 **s = 0x00; 2973 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 2974 { 2975 cmpltr = 1; 2976 } 2977 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 2978 { 2979 cmpltr = 2; 2980 } 2981 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 2982 { 2983 cmpltr = 3; 2984 } 2985 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 2986 { 2987 cmpltr = 4; 2988 } 2989 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 2990 { 2991 cmpltr = 5; 2992 } 2993 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 2994 { 2995 cmpltr = 6; 2996 } 2997 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 2998 { 2999 cmpltr = 7; 3000 } 3001 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3002 completer. */ 3003 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3004 { 3005 cmpltr = 0; 3006 nullify = 1; 3007 } 3008 else 3009 { 3010 cmpltr = -1; 3011 } 3012 **s = c; 3013 } 3014 3015 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3016 if (nullify) 3017 *s = save_s; 3018 3019 return cmpltr; 3020 } 3021 3022 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number 3023 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 3024 3025 static int 3026 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s) 3027 { 3028 int cmpltr; 3029 char *name = *s + 1; 3030 char c; 3031 char *save_s = *s; 3032 int nullify = 0; 3033 3034 cmpltr = 0; 3035 if (**s == ',') 3036 { 3037 *s += 1; 3038 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3039 *s += 1; 3040 c = **s; 3041 **s = 0x00; 3042 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3043 { 3044 cmpltr = 0; 3045 } 3046 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3047 { 3048 cmpltr = 1; 3049 } 3050 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3051 { 3052 cmpltr = 2; 3053 } 3054 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3055 { 3056 cmpltr = 3; 3057 } 3058 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3059 { 3060 cmpltr = 4; 3061 } 3062 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 3063 { 3064 cmpltr = 5; 3065 } 3066 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 3067 { 3068 cmpltr = 6; 3069 } 3070 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 3071 { 3072 cmpltr = 7; 3073 } 3074 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3075 completer. */ 3076 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3077 { 3078 cmpltr = 0; 3079 nullify = 1; 3080 } 3081 else 3082 { 3083 cmpltr = -1; 3084 } 3085 **s = c; 3086 } 3087 3088 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3089 if (nullify) 3090 *s = save_s; 3091 3092 return cmpltr; 3093 } 3094 3095 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for 3096 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */ 3097 3098 static int 3099 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s) 3100 { 3101 int cmpltr; 3102 char *name = *s + 1; 3103 char c; 3104 char *save_s = *s; 3105 int nullify = 0; 3106 3107 cmpltr = 0; 3108 if (**s == ',') 3109 { 3110 *s += 1; 3111 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t') 3112 *s += 1; 3113 c = **s; 3114 **s = 0x00; 3115 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 3116 { 3117 cmpltr = 1; 3118 } 3119 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 3120 { 3121 cmpltr = 2; 3122 } 3123 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 3124 { 3125 cmpltr = 3; 3126 } 3127 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 3128 { 3129 cmpltr = 4; 3130 } 3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0) 3132 { 3133 cmpltr = 5; 3134 } 3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0) 3136 { 3137 cmpltr = 6; 3138 } 3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0) 3140 { 3141 cmpltr = 7; 3142 } 3143 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0) 3144 { 3145 cmpltr = 8; 3146 } 3147 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 3148 { 3149 cmpltr = 9; 3150 } 3151 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 3152 { 3153 cmpltr = 10; 3154 } 3155 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 3156 { 3157 cmpltr = 11; 3158 } 3159 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 3160 { 3161 cmpltr = 12; 3162 } 3163 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0) 3164 { 3165 cmpltr = 13; 3166 } 3167 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0) 3168 { 3169 cmpltr = 14; 3170 } 3171 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0) 3172 { 3173 cmpltr = 15; 3174 } 3175 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition 3176 completer. */ 3177 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0) 3178 { 3179 cmpltr = 0; 3180 nullify = 1; 3181 } 3182 else 3183 { 3184 cmpltr = -1; 3185 } 3186 **s = c; 3187 } 3188 3189 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */ 3190 if (nullify) 3191 *s = save_s; 3192 3193 return cmpltr; 3194 } 3195 3196 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results 3197 into the global "the_insn" variable. */ 3198 3199 static void 3200 pa_ip (char *str) 3201 { 3202 char *error_message = ""; 3203 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s; 3204 const char *args; 3205 int match = FALSE; 3206 int comma = 0; 3207 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, need_cond, num; 3208 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1; 3209 unsigned long opcode; 3210 struct pa_opcode *insn; 3211 3212 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 3213 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 3214 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 3215 #endif 3216 3217 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower 3218 case. */ 3219 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++) 3220 *s = TOLOWER (*s); 3221 3222 /* Skip to something interesting. */ 3223 for (s = str; 3224 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3'); 3225 ++s) 3226 ; 3227 3228 switch (*s) 3229 { 3230 3231 case '\0': 3232 break; 3233 3234 case ',': 3235 comma = 1; 3236 3237 /*FALLTHROUGH */ 3238 3239 case ' ': 3240 *s++ = '\0'; 3241 break; 3242 3243 default: 3244 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3245 return; 3246 } 3247 3248 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */ 3249 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL) 3250 { 3251 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str); 3252 return; 3253 } 3254 3255 if (comma) 3256 *--s = ','; 3257 3258 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then 3259 start processing them. */ 3260 argstart = s; 3261 for (;;) 3262 { 3263 /* Do some initialization. */ 3264 opcode = insn->match; 3265 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT); 3266 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn)); 3267 need_cond = 1; 3268 3269 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE; 3270 3271 if (insn->arch >= pa20 3272 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch) 3273 goto failed; 3274 3275 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make 3276 sure that the operands match. */ 3277 for (args = insn->args;; ++args) 3278 { 3279 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */ 3280 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3281 s++; 3282 3283 switch (*args) 3284 { 3285 /* End of arguments. */ 3286 case '\0': 3287 if (*s == '\0') 3288 match = TRUE; 3289 break; 3290 3291 case '+': 3292 if (*s == '+') 3293 { 3294 ++s; 3295 continue; 3296 } 3297 if (*s == '-') 3298 continue; 3299 break; 3300 3301 /* These must match exactly. */ 3302 case '(': 3303 case ')': 3304 case ',': 3305 case ' ': 3306 if (*s++ == *args) 3307 continue; 3308 break; 3309 3310 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */ 3311 case 'b': 3312 case '^': 3313 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3314 break; 3315 num = pa_number; 3316 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3317 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3318 3319 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it 3320 is there. */ 3321 case '!': 3322 /* Skip whitespace before register. */ 3323 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') 3324 s = s + 1; 3325 3326 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4)) 3327 { 3328 s += 4; 3329 continue; 3330 } 3331 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5)) 3332 { 3333 s += 5; 3334 continue; 3335 } 3336 break; 3337 3338 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */ 3339 case 'x': 3340 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3341 break; 3342 num = pa_number; 3343 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3344 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3345 3346 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */ 3347 case 't': 3348 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3349 break; 3350 num = pa_number; 3351 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3352 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3353 3354 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */ 3355 case 'a': 3356 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3357 break; 3358 num = pa_number; 3359 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 3360 opcode |= num << 16; 3361 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 3362 3363 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */ 3364 case 'T': 3365 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3366 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3367 break; 3368 s = expr_end; 3369 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0); 3370 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 3371 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0); 3372 3373 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3374 case '5': 3375 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3376 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3377 break; 3378 s = expr_end; 3379 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3380 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3381 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3382 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3383 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3384 3385 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3386 case 'V': 3387 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3388 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3389 break; 3390 s = expr_end; 3391 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this 3392 match instead of giving an out of range error. */ 3393 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict); 3394 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5); 3395 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3396 3397 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */ 3398 case 'r': 3399 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3400 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3401 break; 3402 s = expr_end; 3403 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3404 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 3405 3406 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */ 3407 case 'R': 3408 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3409 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3410 break; 3411 s = expr_end; 3412 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 3413 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3414 3415 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */ 3416 case 'U': 3417 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 3418 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 3419 break; 3420 s = expr_end; 3421 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 3422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 3423 3424 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */ 3425 case 's': 3426 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3427 break; 3428 num = pa_number; 3429 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1); 3430 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14); 3431 3432 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */ 3433 case 'S': 3434 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0)) 3435 break; 3436 num = pa_number; 3437 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1); 3438 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num); 3439 continue; 3440 3441 /* Handle all completers. */ 3442 case 'c': 3443 switch (*++args) 3444 { 3445 3446 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */ 3447 case 'X': 3448 case 'x': 3449 { 3450 int uu = 0; 3451 int m = 0; 3452 int i = 0; 3453 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3454 { 3455 s++; 3456 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0) 3457 { 3458 uu = 1; 3459 m = 1; 3460 s++; 3461 i++; 3462 } 3463 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3464 m = 1; 3465 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0) 3466 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0)) 3467 uu = 1; 3468 else if (strict) 3469 { 3470 /* This is a match failure. */ 3471 s--; 3472 break; 3473 } 3474 else 3475 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer.")); 3476 s++; 3477 i++; 3478 } 3479 if (i > 2) 3480 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax.")); 3481 opcode |= m << 5; 3482 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13); 3483 } 3484 3485 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */ 3486 case 'M': 3487 case 'm': 3488 case 'q': 3489 case 'J': 3490 case 'e': 3491 { 3492 int a = 0; 3493 int m = 0; 3494 if (*s == ',') 3495 { 3496 s++; 3497 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0) 3498 { 3499 a = 0; 3500 m = 1; 3501 s += 2; 3502 } 3503 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0) 3504 { 3505 a = 1; 3506 m = 1; 3507 s += 2; 3508 } 3509 else if (strict) 3510 /* This is a match failure. */ 3511 s--; 3512 else 3513 { 3514 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer.")); 3515 s += 2; 3516 } 3517 } 3518 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not 3519 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */ 3520 else if (*args == 'e') 3521 break; 3522 3523 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they 3524 encode the before/after field. */ 3525 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M') 3526 { 3527 opcode |= m << 5; 3528 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3529 } 3530 else if (*args == 'q') 3531 { 3532 opcode |= m << 3; 3533 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3534 } 3535 else if (*args == 'J') 3536 { 3537 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */ 3538 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2); 3539 } 3540 else if (*args == 'e') 3541 { 3542 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the 3543 instruction. We will use (and remove it) 3544 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */ 3545 opcode |= a; 3546 continue; 3547 } 3548 } 3549 3550 /* Handle a stbys completer. */ 3551 case 'A': 3552 case 's': 3553 { 3554 int a = 0; 3555 int m = 0; 3556 int i = 0; 3557 while (*s == ',' && i < 2) 3558 { 3559 s++; 3560 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0) 3561 m = 1; 3562 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0) 3563 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0)) 3564 a = 0; 3565 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0) 3566 a = 1; 3567 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */ 3568 else if (strict) 3569 { 3570 s--; 3571 break; 3572 } 3573 else 3574 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3575 s++; 3576 i++; 3577 } 3578 if (i > 2) 3579 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer")); 3580 opcode |= m << 5; 3581 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13); 3582 } 3583 3584 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */ 3585 case 'c': 3586 cmpltr = 0; 3587 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3588 { 3589 s += 3; 3590 cmpltr = 2; 3591 } 3592 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3593 3594 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */ 3595 case 'C': 3596 cmpltr = 0; 3597 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3)) 3598 { 3599 s += 3; 3600 cmpltr = 2; 3601 } 3602 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3)) 3603 { 3604 s += 3; 3605 cmpltr = 1; 3606 } 3607 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3608 3609 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */ 3610 case 'd': 3611 cmpltr = 0; 3612 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3)) 3613 { 3614 s += 3; 3615 cmpltr = 1; 3616 } 3617 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10); 3618 3619 /* Handle load ordering completer. */ 3620 case 'o': 3621 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0) 3622 break; 3623 s += 2; 3624 continue; 3625 3626 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */ 3627 case 'g': 3628 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0) 3629 break; 3630 s += 5; 3631 continue; 3632 3633 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */ 3634 case 'p': 3635 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0) 3636 break; 3637 s += 7; 3638 continue; 3639 3640 /* Handle a branch link completer. */ 3641 case 'l': 3642 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3643 break; 3644 s += 2; 3645 continue; 3646 3647 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */ 3648 case 'P': 3649 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0) 3650 break; 3651 s += 4; 3652 continue; 3653 3654 /* Handle a local processor completer. */ 3655 case 'L': 3656 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0) 3657 break; 3658 s += 2; 3659 continue; 3660 3661 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */ 3662 case 'w': 3663 flag = 0; 3664 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2)) 3665 { 3666 flag = 1; 3667 s += 2; 3668 } 3669 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3670 { 3671 flag = 0; 3672 s += 2; 3673 } 3674 3675 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3676 3677 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */ 3678 case 'W': 3679 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0) 3680 break; 3681 s += 2; 3682 continue; 3683 3684 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */ 3685 case 'r': 3686 flag = 0; 3687 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2)) 3688 { 3689 flag = 5; 3690 s += 2; 3691 } 3692 3693 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3694 3695 /* Handle a system control completer. */ 3696 case 'Z': 3697 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M')) 3698 { 3699 flag = 1; 3700 s += 2; 3701 } 3702 else 3703 flag = 0; 3704 3705 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5); 3706 3707 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */ 3708 case 'i': 3709 flag = 0; 3710 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2)) 3711 { 3712 flag = 1; 3713 s += 2; 3714 } 3715 3716 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3717 3718 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */ 3719 case 'z': 3720 flag = 1; 3721 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2)) 3722 { 3723 flag = 0; 3724 s += 2; 3725 } 3726 3727 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3728 3729 /* Handle add completer. */ 3730 case 'a': 3731 flag = 1; 3732 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2)) 3733 { 3734 flag = 2; 3735 s += 2; 3736 } 3737 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3738 { 3739 flag = 3; 3740 s += 4; 3741 } 3742 3743 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10); 3744 3745 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */ 3746 case 'Y': 3747 flag = 0; 3748 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) || 3749 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7)) 3750 { 3751 flag = 1; 3752 s += 7; 3753 } 3754 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3)) 3755 { 3756 flag = 0; 3757 s += 3; 3758 } 3759 else 3760 break; 3761 3762 /* Condition is not required with "dc". */ 3763 need_cond = 0; 3764 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3765 3766 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */ 3767 case 'y': 3768 flag = 0; 3769 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) || 3770 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6)) 3771 { 3772 flag = 1; 3773 s += 6; 3774 } 3775 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2)) 3776 { 3777 flag = 0; 3778 s += 2; 3779 } 3780 else 3781 break; 3782 3783 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3784 3785 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */ 3786 case 'v': 3787 flag = 0; 3788 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4)) 3789 { 3790 flag = 1; 3791 s += 4; 3792 } 3793 3794 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3795 3796 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */ 3797 case 't': 3798 flag = 0; 3799 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) || 3800 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7)) 3801 { 3802 flag = 1; 3803 s += 7; 3804 } 3805 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3806 { 3807 flag = 0; 3808 s += 3; 3809 } 3810 else 3811 break; 3812 3813 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3814 3815 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3816 case 'B': 3817 flag = 0; 3818 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) || 3819 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7)) 3820 { 3821 flag = 1; 3822 s += 7; 3823 } 3824 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3)) 3825 { 3826 flag = 0; 3827 s += 3; 3828 } 3829 else 3830 break; 3831 3832 /* Condition is not required with "db". */ 3833 need_cond = 0; 3834 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3835 3836 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */ 3837 case 'b': 3838 flag = 0; 3839 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) || 3840 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6)) 3841 { 3842 flag = 1; 3843 s += 6; 3844 } 3845 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2)) 3846 { 3847 flag = 0; 3848 s += 2; 3849 } 3850 else 3851 break; 3852 3853 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 3854 3855 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */ 3856 case 'T': 3857 flag = 0; 3858 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3)) 3859 { 3860 flag = 1; 3861 s += 3; 3862 } 3863 3864 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6); 3865 3866 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */ 3867 case 'S': 3868 { 3869 int sign = 1; 3870 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0) 3871 { 3872 sign = 1; 3873 s += 2; 3874 } 3875 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0) 3876 { 3877 sign = 0; 3878 s += 2; 3879 } 3880 3881 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10); 3882 } 3883 3884 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */ 3885 case 'h': 3886 if (*s++ == ',') 3887 { 3888 int lr = 0; 3889 if (*s == 'r') 3890 lr = 2; 3891 else if (*s == 'l') 3892 lr = 0; 3893 else 3894 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3895 3896 s++; 3897 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13); 3898 } 3899 else 3900 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer")); 3901 break; 3902 3903 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */ 3904 case 'H': 3905 { 3906 int sat = 3; 3907 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0) 3908 { 3909 sat = 1; 3910 s += 3; 3911 } 3912 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0) 3913 { 3914 sat = 0; 3915 s += 3; 3916 } 3917 3918 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6); 3919 } 3920 3921 /* Handle permutation completer. */ 3922 case '*': 3923 if (*s++ == ',') 3924 { 3925 int permloc[4]; 3926 int perm = 0; 3927 int i = 0; 3928 permloc[0] = 13; 3929 permloc[1] = 10; 3930 permloc[2] = 8; 3931 permloc[3] = 6; 3932 for (; i < 4; i++) 3933 { 3934 switch (*s++) 3935 { 3936 case '0': 3937 perm = 0; 3938 break; 3939 case '1': 3940 perm = 1; 3941 break; 3942 case '2': 3943 perm = 2; 3944 break; 3945 case '3': 3946 perm = 3; 3947 break; 3948 default: 3949 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3950 } 3951 opcode |= perm << permloc[i]; 3952 } 3953 continue; 3954 } 3955 else 3956 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer")); 3957 break; 3958 3959 default: 3960 abort (); 3961 } 3962 break; 3963 3964 /* Handle all conditions. */ 3965 case '?': 3966 { 3967 args++; 3968 switch (*args) 3969 { 3970 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */ 3971 case 'f': 3972 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s); 3973 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0); 3974 3975 /* Handle an add condition. */ 3976 case 'A': 3977 case 'a': 3978 cmpltr = 0; 3979 flag = 0; 3980 if (*s == ',') 3981 { 3982 s++; 3983 3984 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 3985 if (*args == 'A') 3986 { 3987 if (*s == '*') 3988 s++; 3989 else 3990 break; 3991 } 3992 else if (*s == '*') 3993 break; 3994 3995 name = s; 3996 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 3997 s += 1; 3998 c = *s; 3999 *s = 0x00; 4000 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4001 cmpltr = 1; 4002 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4003 cmpltr = 2; 4004 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4005 cmpltr = 3; 4006 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0) 4007 cmpltr = 4; 4008 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0) 4009 cmpltr = 5; 4010 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 4011 cmpltr = 6; 4012 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4013 cmpltr = 7; 4014 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4015 { 4016 cmpltr = 0; 4017 flag = 1; 4018 } 4019 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4020 { 4021 cmpltr = 1; 4022 flag = 1; 4023 } 4024 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4025 { 4026 cmpltr = 2; 4027 flag = 1; 4028 } 4029 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4030 { 4031 cmpltr = 3; 4032 flag = 1; 4033 } 4034 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0) 4035 { 4036 cmpltr = 4; 4037 flag = 1; 4038 } 4039 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0) 4040 { 4041 cmpltr = 5; 4042 flag = 1; 4043 } 4044 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4045 { 4046 cmpltr = 6; 4047 flag = 1; 4048 } 4049 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4050 { 4051 cmpltr = 7; 4052 flag = 1; 4053 } 4054 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4055 else if (*args == 'a' || *name) 4056 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name); 4057 *s = c; 4058 } 4059 /* Except with "dc", we have a match failure with 4060 'A' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4061 else if (*args == 'A' && need_cond) 4062 break; 4063 4064 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4065 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4066 4067 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */ 4068 case 'd': 4069 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4070 if (cmpltr < 0) 4071 { 4072 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4073 cmpltr = 0; 4074 } 4075 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4076 4077 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */ 4078 case 'W': 4079 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4080 if (cmpltr < 0) 4081 { 4082 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition")); 4083 cmpltr = 0; 4084 } 4085 else 4086 { 4087 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4088 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24; 4089 } 4090 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4091 4092 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch 4093 condition. */ 4094 case '@': 4095 save_s = s; 4096 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4097 if (cmpltr < 0) 4098 { 4099 s = save_s; 4100 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s); 4101 if (cmpltr < 0) 4102 { 4103 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4104 cmpltr = 0; 4105 } 4106 else 4107 { 4108 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4109 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4110 } 4111 } 4112 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4113 4114 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */ 4115 case 'B': 4116 case 'b': 4117 cmpltr = 0; 4118 if (*s == ',') 4119 { 4120 s++; 4121 4122 if (*args == 'B') 4123 { 4124 if (*s == '*') 4125 s++; 4126 else 4127 break; 4128 } 4129 else if (*s == '*') 4130 break; 4131 4132 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0) 4133 { 4134 cmpltr = 0; 4135 s++; 4136 } 4137 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0) 4138 { 4139 cmpltr = 1; 4140 s += 2; 4141 } 4142 else 4143 as_bad (_("Invalid Branch On Bit Condition: %c"), *s); 4144 } 4145 else 4146 as_bad (_("Missing Branch On Bit Condition")); 4147 4148 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15); 4149 4150 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */ 4151 case 'S': 4152 case 's': 4153 cmpltr = 0; 4154 flag = 0; 4155 if (*s == ',') 4156 { 4157 s++; 4158 4159 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4160 if (*args == 'S') 4161 { 4162 if (*s == '*') 4163 s++; 4164 else 4165 break; 4166 } 4167 else if (*s == '*') 4168 break; 4169 4170 name = s; 4171 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4172 s += 1; 4173 c = *s; 4174 *s = 0x00; 4175 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4176 cmpltr = 1; 4177 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4178 cmpltr = 2; 4179 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4180 cmpltr = 3; 4181 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0) 4182 cmpltr = 4; 4183 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0) 4184 cmpltr = 5; 4185 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0) 4186 cmpltr = 6; 4187 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4188 cmpltr = 7; 4189 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4190 { 4191 cmpltr = 0; 4192 flag = 1; 4193 } 4194 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4195 { 4196 cmpltr = 1; 4197 flag = 1; 4198 } 4199 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4200 { 4201 cmpltr = 2; 4202 flag = 1; 4203 } 4204 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4205 { 4206 cmpltr = 3; 4207 flag = 1; 4208 } 4209 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0) 4210 { 4211 cmpltr = 4; 4212 flag = 1; 4213 } 4214 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0) 4215 { 4216 cmpltr = 5; 4217 flag = 1; 4218 } 4219 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0) 4220 { 4221 cmpltr = 6; 4222 flag = 1; 4223 } 4224 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4225 { 4226 cmpltr = 7; 4227 flag = 1; 4228 } 4229 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4230 else if (*args != 'S' || *name) 4231 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"), 4232 name); 4233 *s = c; 4234 } 4235 /* Except with "db", we have a match failure with 4236 'S' if we don't have a doubleword condition. */ 4237 else if (*args == 'S' && need_cond) 4238 break; 4239 4240 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4241 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4242 4243 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */ 4244 case 't': 4245 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4246 if (cmpltr < 0) 4247 { 4248 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition")); 4249 cmpltr = 0; 4250 } 4251 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4252 4253 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4254 case 'n': 4255 save_s = s; 4256 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4257 if (cmpltr < 0) 4258 { 4259 s = save_s; 4260 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s); 4261 if (cmpltr < 0) 4262 { 4263 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition")); 4264 cmpltr = 0; 4265 } 4266 else 4267 { 4268 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4269 opcode |= 1 << 27; 4270 } 4271 } 4272 4273 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4274 4275 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */ 4276 case 'N': 4277 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s); 4278 if (cmpltr >= 0) 4279 { 4280 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */ 4281 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26; 4282 } 4283 else 4284 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4285 break; 4286 4287 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13); 4288 4289 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */ 4290 case 'Q': 4291 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s); 4292 if (cmpltr < 0) 4293 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */ 4294 break; 4295 4296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4297 4298 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */ 4299 case 'L': 4300 case 'l': 4301 cmpltr = 0; 4302 flag = 0; 4303 if (*s == ',') 4304 { 4305 s++; 4306 4307 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4308 if (*args == 'L') 4309 { 4310 if (*s == '*') 4311 s++; 4312 else 4313 break; 4314 } 4315 else if (*s == '*') 4316 break; 4317 4318 name = s; 4319 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4320 s += 1; 4321 c = *s; 4322 *s = 0x00; 4323 4324 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4325 cmpltr = 1; 4326 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4327 cmpltr = 2; 4328 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0) 4329 cmpltr = 3; 4330 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4331 cmpltr = 7; 4332 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4333 { 4334 cmpltr = 0; 4335 flag = 1; 4336 } 4337 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4338 { 4339 cmpltr = 1; 4340 flag = 1; 4341 } 4342 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4343 { 4344 cmpltr = 2; 4345 flag = 1; 4346 } 4347 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0) 4348 { 4349 cmpltr = 3; 4350 flag = 1; 4351 } 4352 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4353 { 4354 cmpltr = 7; 4355 flag = 1; 4356 } 4357 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4358 else if (*args != 'L' || *name) 4359 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition.")); 4360 *s = c; 4361 } 4362 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4363 else if (*args == 'L') 4364 break; 4365 4366 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4367 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4368 4369 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */ 4370 case 'X': 4371 case 'x': 4372 case 'y': 4373 cmpltr = 0; 4374 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit 4375 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */ 4376 immediate_check = 1; 4377 if (*s == ',') 4378 { 4379 save_s = s++; 4380 4381 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4382 if (*args == 'X') 4383 { 4384 if (*s == '*') 4385 s++; 4386 else 4387 break; 4388 } 4389 else if (*s == '*') 4390 break; 4391 4392 name = s; 4393 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t') 4394 s += 1; 4395 c = *s; 4396 *s = 0x00; 4397 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0) 4398 cmpltr = 1; 4399 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0) 4400 cmpltr = 2; 4401 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0) 4402 cmpltr = 3; 4403 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0) 4404 cmpltr = 4; 4405 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0) 4406 cmpltr = 5; 4407 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0) 4408 cmpltr = 6; 4409 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0) 4410 cmpltr = 7; 4411 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were. 4412 This includes moving s back to where it started. */ 4413 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y') 4414 { 4415 *s = c; 4416 s = save_s; 4417 continue; 4418 } 4419 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4420 else if (*args != 'X' || *name) 4421 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition.")); 4422 *s = c; 4423 } 4424 4425 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13); 4426 4427 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */ 4428 case 'U': 4429 case 'u': 4430 cmpltr = 0; 4431 flag = 0; 4432 if (*s == ',') 4433 { 4434 s++; 4435 4436 /* 64 bit conditions. */ 4437 if (*args == 'U') 4438 { 4439 if (*s == '*') 4440 s++; 4441 else 4442 break; 4443 } 4444 else if (*s == '*') 4445 break; 4446 4447 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0) 4448 { 4449 cmpltr = 2; 4450 s += 3; 4451 } 4452 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0) 4453 { 4454 cmpltr = 3; 4455 s += 3; 4456 } 4457 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0) 4458 { 4459 cmpltr = 4; 4460 s += 3; 4461 } 4462 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0) 4463 { 4464 cmpltr = 6; 4465 s += 3; 4466 } 4467 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0) 4468 { 4469 cmpltr = 7; 4470 s += 3; 4471 } 4472 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0) 4473 { 4474 cmpltr = 0; 4475 flag = 1; 4476 s += 2; 4477 } 4478 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0) 4479 { 4480 cmpltr = 2; 4481 flag = 1; 4482 s += 3; 4483 } 4484 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0) 4485 { 4486 cmpltr = 3; 4487 flag = 1; 4488 s += 3; 4489 } 4490 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0) 4491 { 4492 cmpltr = 4; 4493 flag = 1; 4494 s += 3; 4495 } 4496 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0) 4497 { 4498 cmpltr = 6; 4499 flag = 1; 4500 s += 3; 4501 } 4502 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0) 4503 { 4504 cmpltr = 7; 4505 flag = 1; 4506 s += 3; 4507 } 4508 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0) 4509 { 4510 cmpltr = 1; 4511 flag = 0; 4512 s += 3; 4513 } 4514 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0) 4515 { 4516 cmpltr = 5; 4517 flag = 0; 4518 s += 3; 4519 } 4520 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0) 4521 { 4522 cmpltr = 1; 4523 flag = 1; 4524 s += 3; 4525 } 4526 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0) 4527 { 4528 cmpltr = 5; 4529 flag = 1; 4530 s += 3; 4531 } 4532 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */ 4533 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t')) 4534 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition.")); 4535 } 4536 /* 32-bit is default for no condition. */ 4537 else if (*args == 'U') 4538 break; 4539 4540 opcode |= cmpltr << 13; 4541 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12); 4542 4543 default: 4544 abort (); 4545 } 4546 break; 4547 } 4548 4549 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */ 4550 case 'n': 4551 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4552 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1); 4553 4554 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */ 4555 case 'N': 4556 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s); 4557 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5); 4558 4559 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */ 4560 case 'L': 4561 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0) 4562 s += 4; 4563 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0) 4564 s += 4; 4565 else 4566 break; 4567 continue; 4568 4569 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4570 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4571 case 'h': 4572 get_expression (s); 4573 s = expr_end; 4574 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4575 { 4576 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4577 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4578 num++; 4579 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4580 } 4581 else 4582 break; 4583 4584 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values 4585 are 0..6 inclusive. */ 4586 case 'm': 4587 get_expression (s); 4588 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4589 { 4590 s = expr_end; 4591 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4592 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0); 4593 num = (num + 1) ^ 1; 4594 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 4595 } 4596 else 4597 break; 4598 4599 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */ 4600 case '=': 4601 { 4602 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s); 4603 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4604 } 4605 4606 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */ 4607 case 'i': 4608 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4609 get_expression (s); 4610 s = expr_end; 4611 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4612 { 4613 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4614 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0); 4615 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11); 4616 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4617 } 4618 else 4619 { 4620 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4621 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4622 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4623 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4624 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4625 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4626 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4627 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4628 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4629 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4630 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4631 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4632 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4633 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4634 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4635 #endif 4636 else 4637 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4638 the_insn.format = 11; 4639 continue; 4640 } 4641 4642 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4643 case 'J': 4644 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4645 get_expression (s); 4646 s = expr_end; 4647 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4648 { 4649 int mb; 4650 4651 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information 4652 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this. 4653 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be 4654 good to rethink this. */ 4655 mb = opcode & 1; 4656 opcode -= mb; 4657 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4658 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4659 break; 4660 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4661 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4662 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4663 } 4664 break; 4665 4666 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4667 case 'K': 4668 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4669 get_expression (s); 4670 s = expr_end; 4671 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4672 { 4673 int mb; 4674 4675 mb = opcode & 1; 4676 opcode -= mb; 4677 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4678 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4679 break; 4680 if (num % 4) 4681 break; 4682 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4683 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4684 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4685 } 4686 break; 4687 4688 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4689 case '<': 4690 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4691 get_expression (s); 4692 s = expr_end; 4693 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4694 { 4695 int mb; 4696 4697 mb = opcode & 1; 4698 opcode -= mb; 4699 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4700 if (mb != (num < 0)) 4701 break; 4702 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4703 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4704 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4705 } 4706 break; 4707 4708 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */ 4709 case '>': 4710 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4711 get_expression (s); 4712 s = expr_end; 4713 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4714 { 4715 int mb; 4716 4717 mb = opcode & 1; 4718 opcode -= mb; 4719 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4720 if (mb == (num < 0)) 4721 break; 4722 if (num % 4) 4723 break; 4724 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4725 num = re_assemble_16 (num); 4726 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4727 } 4728 break; 4729 4730 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */ 4731 case '#': 4732 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20) 4733 break; 4734 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4735 get_expression (s); 4736 s = expr_end; 4737 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4738 { 4739 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4740 if (num & 0x7) 4741 break; 4742 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4743 if (num < 0) 4744 opcode |= 1; 4745 num &= 0x1fff; 4746 num >>= 3; 4747 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4); 4748 } 4749 else 4750 { 4751 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4752 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4753 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4754 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4755 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4756 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4757 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4758 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4759 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4760 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4761 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4762 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4763 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4764 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4765 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4766 #endif 4767 else 4768 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4769 the_insn.format = 14; 4770 continue; 4771 } 4772 break; 4773 4774 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */ 4775 case 'd': 4776 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4777 get_expression (s); 4778 s = expr_end; 4779 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4780 { 4781 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4782 if (num & 0x3) 4783 break; 4784 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4785 if (num < 0) 4786 opcode |= 1; 4787 num &= 0x1fff; 4788 num >>= 2; 4789 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 4790 } 4791 else 4792 { 4793 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4794 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4795 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4796 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4797 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4798 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4799 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4800 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4801 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4802 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4803 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4804 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4805 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4806 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4807 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4808 #endif 4809 else 4810 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4811 the_insn.format = 14; 4812 continue; 4813 } 4814 4815 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */ 4816 case 'j': 4817 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4818 get_expression (s); 4819 s = expr_end; 4820 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4821 { 4822 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4823 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 4824 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14); 4825 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 4826 } 4827 else 4828 { 4829 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4830 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4831 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4832 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4833 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4834 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4835 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4836 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4837 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4838 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4839 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4840 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4841 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4842 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4843 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4844 #endif 4845 else 4846 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4847 the_insn.format = 14; 4848 continue; 4849 } 4850 4851 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */ 4852 case 'k': 4853 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4854 get_expression (s); 4855 s = expr_end; 4856 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4857 { 4858 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4859 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0); 4860 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num); 4861 continue; 4862 } 4863 else 4864 { 4865 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4866 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4867 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4868 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4869 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4870 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4871 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4872 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4873 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4874 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4875 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4876 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4877 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4878 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4879 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4880 #endif 4881 else 4882 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4883 the_insn.format = 21; 4884 continue; 4885 } 4886 4887 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */ 4888 case 'l': 4889 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4890 get_expression (s); 4891 s = expr_end; 4892 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4893 { 4894 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4895 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4896 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4897 continue; 4898 } 4899 else 4900 { 4901 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4902 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4903 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4904 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4905 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4906 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4907 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4908 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4909 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4910 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4911 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4912 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4913 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4914 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4915 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4916 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4917 #endif 4918 else 4919 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4920 the_insn.format = 14; 4921 continue; 4922 } 4923 4924 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4925 case 'y': 4926 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4927 get_expression (s); 4928 s = expr_end; 4929 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4930 { 4931 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4932 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4933 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0); 4934 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4935 continue; 4936 } 4937 else 4938 { 4939 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4940 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4941 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4942 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4943 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4944 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4945 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4946 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4947 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4948 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4949 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4950 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4951 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4952 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4953 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4954 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4955 #endif 4956 else 4957 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4958 the_insn.format = 14; 4959 continue; 4960 } 4961 4962 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */ 4963 case '&': 4964 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 4965 get_expression (s); 4966 s = expr_end; 4967 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant) 4968 { 4969 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 4970 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0); 4971 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0); 4972 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num); 4973 continue; 4974 } 4975 else 4976 { 4977 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */ 4978 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4979 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF; 4980 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp)) 4981 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 4982 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 4983 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp)) 4984 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L; 4985 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp)) 4986 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L; 4987 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp)) 4988 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L; 4989 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp)) 4990 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L; 4991 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp)) 4992 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L; 4993 #endif 4994 else 4995 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA; 4996 the_insn.format = 14; 4997 continue; 4998 } 4999 5000 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */ 5001 case 'w': 5002 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5003 get_expression (s); 5004 s = expr_end; 5005 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5006 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5007 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5008 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5009 { 5010 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5011 if (num % 4) 5012 { 5013 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5014 break; 5015 } 5016 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5017 num -= 8; 5018 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0); 5019 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2); 5020 continue; 5021 } 5022 else 5023 { 5024 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5025 the_insn.format = 12; 5026 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5027 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5028 s = expr_end; 5029 continue; 5030 } 5031 5032 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */ 5033 case 'W': 5034 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5035 get_expression (s); 5036 s = expr_end; 5037 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5038 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5039 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5040 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5041 { 5042 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5043 if (num % 4) 5044 { 5045 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5046 break; 5047 } 5048 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5049 num -= 8; 5050 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5051 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5052 continue; 5053 } 5054 else 5055 { 5056 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5057 the_insn.format = 17; 5058 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5059 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5060 continue; 5061 } 5062 5063 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */ 5064 case 'X': 5065 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5066 get_expression (s); 5067 s = expr_end; 5068 the_insn.pcrel = 1; 5069 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5070 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5071 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5072 { 5073 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5074 if (num % 4) 5075 { 5076 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5077 break; 5078 } 5079 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5080 num -= 8; 5081 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0); 5082 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2); 5083 } 5084 else 5085 { 5086 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL; 5087 the_insn.format = 22; 5088 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5089 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5090 continue; 5091 } 5092 5093 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */ 5094 case 'z': 5095 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s); 5096 get_expression (s); 5097 s = expr_end; 5098 the_insn.pcrel = 0; 5099 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol 5100 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol), 5101 FAKE_LABEL_NAME)) 5102 { 5103 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn); 5104 if (num % 4) 5105 { 5106 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address")); 5107 break; 5108 } 5109 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol) 5110 num -= 8; 5111 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0); 5112 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2); 5113 continue; 5114 } 5115 else 5116 { 5117 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL; 5118 the_insn.format = 17; 5119 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc; 5120 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc)); 5121 continue; 5122 } 5123 5124 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */ 5125 case 'Z': 5126 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1' 5127 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R')) 5128 { 5129 s += 4; 5130 continue; 5131 } 5132 else 5133 break; 5134 5135 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */ 5136 case 'Y': 5137 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0) 5138 break; 5139 s += 9; 5140 continue; 5141 5142 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */ 5143 case '@': 5144 if (*s != '0') 5145 break; 5146 s++; 5147 continue; 5148 5149 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */ 5150 case '.': 5151 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5152 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5153 break; 5154 s = expr_end; 5155 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict); 5156 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5157 5158 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */ 5159 case '*': 5160 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5161 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5162 break; 5163 s = expr_end; 5164 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict); 5165 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5166 5167 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */ 5168 case 'p': 5169 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5170 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5171 break; 5172 s = expr_end; 5173 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5174 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5175 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5); 5176 5177 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */ 5178 case '~': 5179 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5180 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5181 break; 5182 s = expr_end; 5183 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5184 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5185 num = 63 - num; 5186 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5187 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5188 5189 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */ 5190 case '%': 5191 flag = 0; 5192 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5193 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5194 break; 5195 s = expr_end; 5196 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5197 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5198 num--; 5199 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3; 5200 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5201 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5202 5203 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */ 5204 case '|': 5205 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5206 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5207 break; 5208 s = expr_end; 5209 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict); 5210 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5211 num--; 5212 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7; 5213 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f); 5214 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5215 5216 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */ 5217 case 'P': 5218 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5219 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5220 break; 5221 s = expr_end; 5222 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5223 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5224 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5); 5225 5226 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */ 5227 case 'q': 5228 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5229 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5230 break; 5231 s = expr_end; 5232 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5233 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num); 5234 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6; 5235 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5); 5236 5237 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement 5238 of the high bit of the immediate. */ 5239 case 'B': 5240 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5241 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5242 break; 5243 s = expr_end; 5244 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict); 5245 if (num & 0x20) 5246 ; 5247 else 5248 opcode |= (1 << 13); 5249 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21); 5250 5251 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */ 5252 case 'Q': 5253 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5254 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5255 break; 5256 s = expr_end; 5257 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict); 5258 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5259 5260 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */ 5261 case '$': 5262 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5263 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5264 break; 5265 s = expr_end; 5266 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict); 5267 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3); 5268 5269 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */ 5270 case 'A': 5271 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5272 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5273 break; 5274 s = expr_end; 5275 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict); 5276 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13); 5277 5278 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */ 5279 case 'D': 5280 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5281 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5282 break; 5283 s = expr_end; 5284 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict); 5285 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5286 5287 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */ 5288 case 'v': 5289 if (*s++ != ',') 5290 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier")); 5291 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5292 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5293 break; 5294 s = expr_end; 5295 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5296 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5297 5298 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */ 5299 case 'O': 5300 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5301 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5302 break; 5303 s = expr_end; 5304 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict); 5305 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6); 5306 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5307 5308 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */ 5309 case 'o': 5310 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5311 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5312 break; 5313 s = expr_end; 5314 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5315 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5316 5317 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */ 5318 case '0': 5319 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5320 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5321 break; 5322 s = expr_end; 5323 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict); 5324 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6); 5325 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5326 5327 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */ 5328 case '1': 5329 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5330 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5331 break; 5332 s = expr_end; 5333 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict); 5334 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6); 5335 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5336 5337 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */ 5338 case 'u': 5339 if (*s++ != ',') 5340 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier")); 5341 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5342 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5343 break; 5344 s = expr_end; 5345 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict); 5346 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5347 5348 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */ 5349 case '2': 5350 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s); 5351 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant) 5352 break; 5353 s = expr_end; 5354 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict); 5355 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4); 5356 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5357 5358 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5359 case '{': 5360 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't') 5361 { 5362 the_insn.trunc = 1; 5363 s += 2; 5364 } 5365 else 5366 the_insn.trunc = 0; 5367 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5368 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5369 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5370 flag = SGL; 5371 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5372 flag = DBL; 5373 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5374 flag = QUAD; 5375 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5376 5377 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5378 case '_': 5379 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5380 s--; 5381 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s); 5382 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5383 if (flag == W || flag == UW) 5384 flag = SGL; 5385 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW) 5386 flag = DBL; 5387 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW) 5388 flag = QUAD; 5389 opcode |= flag << 13; 5390 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL 5391 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL 5392 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD) 5393 { 5394 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5395 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5396 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5397 flag = 0; 5398 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W 5399 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW 5400 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW) 5401 flag = 2; 5402 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW 5403 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW 5404 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW) 5405 flag = 6; 5406 else 5407 abort (); 5408 } 5409 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W 5410 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW 5411 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW) 5412 { 5413 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5414 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5415 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5416 flag = 1; 5417 else 5418 abort (); 5419 } 5420 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW 5421 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW 5422 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW) 5423 { 5424 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL 5425 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL 5426 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD) 5427 flag = 5; 5428 else 5429 abort (); 5430 } 5431 flag |= the_insn.trunc; 5432 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15); 5433 5434 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */ 5435 case 'F': 5436 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5437 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5438 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5439 5440 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */ 5441 case 'G': 5442 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */ 5443 s--; 5444 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5445 the_insn.fpof2 = flag; 5446 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13); 5447 5448 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */ 5449 case 'I': 5450 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5451 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5452 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11); 5453 5454 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26. 5455 Only allows single and double precision. */ 5456 case 'H': 5457 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s); 5458 switch (flag) 5459 { 5460 case SGL: 5461 opcode |= 0x20; 5462 case DBL: 5463 the_insn.fpof1 = flag; 5464 continue; 5465 5466 case QUAD: 5467 case ILLEGAL_FMT: 5468 default: 5469 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format.")); 5470 } 5471 break; 5472 5473 /* Handle all floating point registers. */ 5474 case 'f': 5475 switch (*++args) 5476 { 5477 /* Float target register. */ 5478 case 't': 5479 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5480 break; 5481 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5482 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5483 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5484 5485 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */ 5486 case 'T': 5487 { 5488 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5489 break; 5490 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5491 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5492 opcode |= num; 5493 5494 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes 5495 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This 5496 is not necessary for loads/stores. */ 5497 if (need_pa11_opcode () 5498 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000)) 5499 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5500 5501 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0); 5502 continue; 5503 } 5504 5505 /* Float operand 1. */ 5506 case 'a': 5507 { 5508 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5509 break; 5510 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5511 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5512 opcode |= num << 21; 5513 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5514 { 5515 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5516 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5517 } 5518 continue; 5519 } 5520 5521 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */ 5522 case 'X': 5523 case 'A': 5524 { 5525 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5526 break; 5527 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5528 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5529 opcode |= num << 21; 5530 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0); 5531 continue; 5532 } 5533 5534 /* Float operand 2. */ 5535 case 'b': 5536 { 5537 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5538 break; 5539 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5540 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5541 opcode |= num << 16; 5542 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5543 { 5544 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5545 opcode |= 1 << 27; 5546 } 5547 continue; 5548 } 5549 5550 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */ 5551 case 'B': 5552 { 5553 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5554 break; 5555 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5556 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5557 opcode |= num << 16; 5558 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0); 5559 continue; 5560 } 5561 5562 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */ 5563 case 'C': 5564 { 5565 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5566 break; 5567 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5568 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5569 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11; 5570 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9; 5571 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0); 5572 continue; 5573 } 5574 5575 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5576 case 'i': 5577 { 5578 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5579 break; 5580 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5581 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5582 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5583 { 5584 if (num < 16) 5585 { 5586 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5587 break; 5588 } 5589 num &= 0xF; 5590 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5591 } 5592 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21); 5593 } 5594 5595 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5596 case 'j': 5597 { 5598 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5599 break; 5600 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5601 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5602 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5603 { 5604 if (num < 16) 5605 { 5606 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5607 break; 5608 } 5609 num &= 0xF; 5610 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5611 } 5612 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5613 } 5614 5615 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5616 case 'k': 5617 { 5618 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5619 break; 5620 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5621 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5622 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5623 { 5624 if (num < 16) 5625 { 5626 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5627 break; 5628 } 5629 num &= 0xF; 5630 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5631 } 5632 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0); 5633 } 5634 5635 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5636 case 'l': 5637 { 5638 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5639 break; 5640 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5641 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5642 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5643 { 5644 if (num < 16) 5645 { 5646 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5647 break; 5648 } 5649 num &= 0xF; 5650 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5651 } 5652 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6); 5653 } 5654 5655 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */ 5656 case 'm': 5657 { 5658 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5659 break; 5660 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5661 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5662 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL) 5663 { 5664 if (num < 16) 5665 { 5666 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub")); 5667 break; 5668 } 5669 num &= 0xF; 5670 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0); 5671 } 5672 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11); 5673 } 5674 5675 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */ 5676 case 'E': 5677 case 'e': 5678 { 5679 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1)) 5680 break; 5681 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5682 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5683 opcode |= num << 16; 5684 if (need_pa11_opcode ()) 5685 { 5686 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0); 5687 } 5688 continue; 5689 } 5690 5691 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */ 5692 case 'x': 5693 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3)) 5694 break; 5695 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE; 5696 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0); 5697 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16); 5698 5699 default: 5700 abort (); 5701 } 5702 break; 5703 5704 default: 5705 abort (); 5706 } 5707 break; 5708 } 5709 5710 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture, 5711 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is 5712 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */ 5713 if (match == TRUE 5714 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch 5715 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch)) 5716 { 5717 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine")); 5718 match = FALSE; 5719 } 5720 5721 failed: 5722 /* Check if the args matched. */ 5723 if (!match) 5724 { 5725 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES 5726 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name)) 5727 { 5728 ++insn; 5729 s = argstart; 5730 continue; 5731 } 5732 else 5733 { 5734 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message); 5735 return; 5736 } 5737 } 5738 break; 5739 } 5740 5741 if (immediate_check) 5742 { 5743 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1) 5744 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."), 5745 pos, len); 5746 } 5747 5748 the_insn.opcode = opcode; 5749 } 5750 5751 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */ 5752 5753 void 5754 md_assemble (char *str) 5755 { 5756 char *to; 5757 5758 /* The had better be something to assemble. */ 5759 gas_assert (str); 5760 5761 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 5762 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 5763 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 5764 5765 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 5766 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 5767 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 5768 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 5769 { 5770 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 5771 5772 if (label_symbol) 5773 { 5774 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 5775 { 5776 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 5777 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 5778 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 5779 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5780 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 5781 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 5782 if (within_entry_exit) 5783 { 5784 char *where; 5785 unsigned int u; 5786 5787 where = frag_more (0); 5788 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 5789 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5790 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5791 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 5792 } 5793 #endif 5794 } 5795 else 5796 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 5797 } 5798 else 5799 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 5800 } 5801 5802 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */ 5803 pa_ip (str); 5804 5805 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */ 5806 to = frag_more (4); 5807 5808 /* Output the opcode. */ 5809 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4); 5810 5811 /* If necessary output more stuff. */ 5812 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE) 5813 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL, 5814 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel, 5815 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector, 5816 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0); 5817 5818 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 5819 dwarf2_emit_insn (4); 5820 #endif 5821 } 5822 5823 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5824 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the 5825 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */ 5826 static void 5827 pa_align (int bytes) 5828 { 5829 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5830 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5831 5832 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */ 5833 s_align_bytes (bytes); 5834 5835 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's 5836 alignment if necessary. */ 5837 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1) 5838 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes)); 5839 } 5840 #endif 5841 5842 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */ 5843 5844 static void 5845 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5846 { 5847 unsigned int temp_size; 5848 5849 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5850 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5851 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5852 #endif 5853 5854 temp_size = get_absolute_expression (); 5855 5856 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF) 5857 { 5858 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff")); 5859 temp_size = 0; 5860 } 5861 else 5862 { 5863 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */ 5864 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL); 5865 *p = 0; 5866 } 5867 5868 pa_undefine_label (); 5869 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5870 } 5871 5872 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */ 5873 5874 static void 5875 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5876 { 5877 5878 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5879 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5880 the beginning and end of branch tables). */ 5881 char *where = frag_more (0); 5882 5883 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5884 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 5885 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB, 5886 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5887 #endif 5888 5889 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5890 } 5891 5892 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */ 5893 5894 static void 5895 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5896 { 5897 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5898 expressionS exp; 5899 char *where = frag_more (0); 5900 5901 if (! begin) 5902 expression (&exp); 5903 5904 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote 5905 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */ 5906 5907 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 5908 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp, 5909 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY, 5910 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0); 5911 #endif 5912 5913 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5914 } 5915 5916 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes 5917 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */ 5918 5919 static void 5920 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc) 5921 { 5922 char *name, c, *p; 5923 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 5924 5925 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5926 { 5927 name = input_line_pointer; 5928 c = get_symbol_end (); 5929 /* Process a source argument. */ 5930 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 5931 { 5932 temp = atoi (name + 4); 5933 p = input_line_pointer; 5934 *p = c; 5935 input_line_pointer++; 5936 name = input_line_pointer; 5937 c = get_symbol_end (); 5938 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5939 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc); 5940 } 5941 /* Process a return value. */ 5942 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0)) 5943 { 5944 p = input_line_pointer; 5945 *p = c; 5946 input_line_pointer++; 5947 name = input_line_pointer; 5948 c = get_symbol_end (); 5949 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 5950 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3); 5951 } 5952 else 5953 { 5954 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name); 5955 } 5956 p = input_line_pointer; 5957 *p = c; 5958 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 5959 input_line_pointer++; 5960 } 5961 } 5962 5963 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information 5964 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect 5965 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */ 5966 5967 static void 5968 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5969 { 5970 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 5971 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 5972 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 5973 #endif 5974 5975 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc); 5976 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 5977 } 5978 5979 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 5980 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function 5981 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using 5982 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building 5983 of the unwind spaces. */ 5984 5985 static void 5986 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info) 5987 { 5988 asection *seg, *save_seg; 5989 subsegT save_subseg; 5990 unsigned int unwind; 5991 int reloc; 5992 char *name, *p; 5993 symbolS *symbolP; 5994 5995 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg) 5996 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 5997 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 5998 return; 5999 6000 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6001 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */ 6002 return; 6003 6004 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced 6005 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with 6006 multiple definitions, etc. */ 6007 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001start_") 6008 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol)) 6009 + 1); 6010 strcpy (name, "L$\001start_"); 6011 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol)); 6012 6013 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have 6014 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind 6015 entry. */ 6016 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 6017 if (symbolP) 6018 { 6019 xfree (name); 6020 return; 6021 } 6022 else 6023 { 6024 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, 6025 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now); 6026 gas_assert (symbolP); 6027 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 6028 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 6029 } 6030 6031 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32; 6032 save_seg = now_seg; 6033 save_subseg = now_subseg; 6034 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating 6035 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the 6036 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */ 6037 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME); 6038 if (seg == ASEC_NULL) 6039 { 6040 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0); 6041 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg, 6042 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 6043 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA); 6044 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2); 6045 } 6046 6047 subseg_set (seg, 0); 6048 6049 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind 6050 descriptor. */ 6051 p = frag_more (16); 6052 6053 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */ 6054 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4); 6055 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6056 symbolP, (offsetT) 0, 6057 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6058 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6059 6060 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function. 6061 6062 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be 6063 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary 6064 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same 6065 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is 6066 finished with its work. */ 6067 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4); 6068 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4, 6069 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0, 6070 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc, 6071 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0); 6072 6073 /* Dump the descriptor. */ 6074 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6075 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4); 6076 6077 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6078 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4); 6079 6080 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */ 6081 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg); 6082 } 6083 #endif 6084 6085 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later 6086 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support 6087 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */ 6088 6089 static void 6090 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6091 { 6092 char *name, c, *p; 6093 int temp; 6094 6095 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6096 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6097 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6098 #endif 6099 6100 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */ 6101 if (!within_procedure) 6102 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition")); 6103 6104 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the 6105 current procedure. */ 6106 callinfo_found = TRUE; 6107 6108 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */ 6109 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6110 { 6111 name = input_line_pointer; 6112 c = get_symbol_end (); 6113 /* Frame size specification. */ 6114 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0)) 6115 { 6116 p = input_line_pointer; 6117 *p = c; 6118 input_line_pointer++; 6119 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6120 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0) 6121 { 6122 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp); 6123 temp = 0; 6124 } 6125 6126 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */ 6127 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8; 6128 6129 } 6130 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */ 6131 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0)) 6132 { 6133 p = input_line_pointer; 6134 *p = c; 6135 input_line_pointer++; 6136 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6137 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR 6138 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in 6139 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */ 6140 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18) 6141 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n")); 6142 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2; 6143 } 6144 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0)) 6145 { 6146 p = input_line_pointer; 6147 *p = c; 6148 input_line_pointer++; 6149 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6150 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even 6151 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */ 6152 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21) 6153 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n")); 6154 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11; 6155 } 6156 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0)) 6157 { 6158 p = input_line_pointer; 6159 *p = c; 6160 input_line_pointer++; 6161 temp = get_absolute_expression (); 6162 if (temp != 3) 6163 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n")); 6164 } 6165 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */ 6166 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) || 6167 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0)) 6168 { 6169 p = input_line_pointer; 6170 *p = c; 6171 } 6172 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0)) 6173 { 6174 p = input_line_pointer; 6175 *p = c; 6176 } 6177 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */ 6178 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0)) 6179 { 6180 p = input_line_pointer; 6181 *p = c; 6182 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1; 6183 } 6184 /* Likewise for SP. */ 6185 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0)) 6186 { 6187 p = input_line_pointer; 6188 *p = c; 6189 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1; 6190 } 6191 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so 6192 in the unwind descriptor. */ 6193 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0)) 6194 { 6195 p = input_line_pointer; 6196 *p = c; 6197 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1; 6198 } 6199 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the 6200 unwind descriptor. */ 6201 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0)) 6202 { 6203 p = input_line_pointer; 6204 *p = c; 6205 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1; 6206 } 6207 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my 6208 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler 6209 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor 6210 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */ 6211 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0)) 6212 { 6213 p = input_line_pointer; 6214 *p = c; 6215 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1; 6216 } 6217 else 6218 { 6219 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name); 6220 *input_line_pointer = c; 6221 } 6222 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6223 input_line_pointer++; 6224 } 6225 6226 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6227 } 6228 6229 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 6230 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our 6231 label when finished. */ 6232 6233 static void 6234 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6235 { 6236 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6237 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 6238 current_subspace 6239 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6240 #endif 6241 6242 s_text (0); 6243 pa_undefine_label (); 6244 } 6245 6246 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */ 6247 6248 static void 6249 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6250 { 6251 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6252 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 6253 current_subspace 6254 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0); 6255 #endif 6256 s_data (0); 6257 pa_undefine_label (); 6258 } 6259 6260 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines, 6261 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax: 6262 6263 <label> .comm <length> 6264 6265 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of 6266 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute 6267 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space 6268 and subspace. 6269 6270 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm. 6271 6272 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called 6273 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number 6274 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular 6275 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What 6276 a pain. 6277 6278 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */ 6279 6280 static void 6281 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6282 { 6283 unsigned int size; 6284 symbolS *symbol; 6285 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6286 6287 if (label_symbol) 6288 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6289 else 6290 symbol = NULL; 6291 6292 SKIP_WHITESPACE (); 6293 size = get_absolute_expression (); 6294 6295 if (symbol) 6296 { 6297 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6298 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size); 6299 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr); 6300 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6301 6302 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the 6303 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address 6304 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */ 6305 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag); 6306 } 6307 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6308 } 6309 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */ 6310 6311 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */ 6312 6313 static void 6314 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6315 { 6316 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6317 } 6318 6319 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */ 6320 6321 static void 6322 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6323 { 6324 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6325 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6326 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6327 #endif 6328 6329 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported")); 6330 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6331 } 6332 6333 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the 6334 procedure. */ 6335 6336 static void 6337 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6338 { 6339 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6340 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6341 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6342 #endif 6343 6344 if (!within_procedure) 6345 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored.")); 6346 else 6347 { 6348 if (!callinfo_found) 6349 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo.")); 6350 } 6351 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6352 within_entry_exit = TRUE; 6353 6354 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6355 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6356 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6357 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6358 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6359 6360 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6361 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6362 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6363 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6364 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL) 6365 { 6366 char *where; 6367 unsigned int u; 6368 6369 where = frag_more (0); 6370 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 6371 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6372 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 6373 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 6374 } 6375 #endif 6376 } 6377 6378 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is 6379 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of 6380 registers, to get the size of the range. */ 6381 static int fudge_reg_expressions; 6382 6383 int 6384 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP, 6385 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 6386 expressionS *rightP) 6387 { 6388 if (fudge_reg_expressions 6389 && rightP->X_op == O_register 6390 && resultP->X_op == O_register) 6391 { 6392 rightP->X_op = O_constant; 6393 resultP->X_op = O_constant; 6394 } 6395 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */ 6396 } 6397 6398 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */ 6399 6400 static void 6401 pa_equ (int reg) 6402 { 6403 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 6404 symbolS *symbol; 6405 6406 if (label_symbol) 6407 { 6408 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 6409 if (reg) 6410 { 6411 strict = 1; 6412 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0)) 6413 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register")); 6414 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number); 6415 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section); 6416 } 6417 else 6418 { 6419 expressionS exp; 6420 segT seg; 6421 6422 fudge_reg_expressions = 1; 6423 seg = expression (&exp); 6424 fudge_reg_expressions = 0; 6425 if (exp.X_op != O_constant 6426 && exp.X_op != O_register) 6427 { 6428 if (exp.X_op != O_absent) 6429 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed")); 6430 exp.X_add_number = 0; 6431 seg = absolute_section; 6432 } 6433 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number); 6434 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg); 6435 } 6436 } 6437 else 6438 { 6439 if (reg) 6440 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label")); 6441 else 6442 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label")); 6443 } 6444 6445 pa_undefine_label (); 6446 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6447 } 6448 6449 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 6450 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute 6451 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */ 6452 6453 static void 6454 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void) 6455 { 6456 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a 6457 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */ 6458 char *name; 6459 6460 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 6461 { 6462 /* We have already warned about a missing label, 6463 or other problems. */ 6464 return; 6465 } 6466 6467 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_") 6468 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol)) 6469 + 1); 6470 if (name) 6471 { 6472 symbolS *symbolP; 6473 6474 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_"); 6475 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol)); 6476 6477 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the 6478 symbol will have already been defined. */ 6479 symbolP = symbol_find (name); 6480 if (symbolP) 6481 { 6482 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can 6483 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend. 6484 6485 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free 6486 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */ 6487 xfree (name); 6488 } 6489 else 6490 { 6491 /* symbol value should be the offset of the 6492 last instruction of the function */ 6493 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4), 6494 frag_now); 6495 6496 gas_assert (symbolP); 6497 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP); 6498 symbol_table_insert (symbolP); 6499 } 6500 6501 if (symbolP) 6502 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP; 6503 else 6504 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name); 6505 6506 } 6507 else 6508 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name.")); 6509 } 6510 #endif 6511 6512 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This 6513 usually involves creating some relocations or building special 6514 symbols to mark the end of the function. */ 6515 6516 static void 6517 process_exit (void) 6518 { 6519 char *where; 6520 6521 where = frag_more (0); 6522 6523 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 6524 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag 6525 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace 6526 to add an entry in the unwind table. */ 6527 (void) where; 6528 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 6529 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info); 6530 #else 6531 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase. 6532 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation 6533 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and 6534 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region. 6535 6536 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem 6537 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe 6538 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which 6539 denote the entry and exit points. */ 6540 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 6541 NULL, (offsetT) 0, 6542 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0, 6543 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor)); 6544 #endif 6545 } 6546 6547 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */ 6548 6549 static void 6550 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6551 { 6552 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6553 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6554 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6555 #endif 6556 6557 if (!within_procedure) 6558 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure")); 6559 else 6560 { 6561 if (!callinfo_found) 6562 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo")); 6563 else 6564 { 6565 if (!within_entry_exit) 6566 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT")); 6567 else 6568 { 6569 within_entry_exit = FALSE; 6570 process_exit (); 6571 } 6572 } 6573 } 6574 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6575 } 6576 6577 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */ 6578 6579 static void 6580 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export) 6581 { 6582 char *name, c, *p; 6583 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc; 6584 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN; 6585 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP); 6586 6587 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0) 6588 { 6589 input_line_pointer += 8; 6590 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6591 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr); 6592 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE; 6593 } 6594 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0) 6595 { 6596 input_line_pointer += 4; 6597 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM, 6598 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types. 6599 6600 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never 6601 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so 6602 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */ 6603 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP)) 6604 { 6605 if (is_export) 6606 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"), 6607 S_GET_NAME (symbolP)); 6608 6609 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6610 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6611 } 6612 else 6613 { 6614 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6615 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE; 6616 } 6617 } 6618 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0) 6619 { 6620 input_line_pointer += 4; 6621 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6622 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT; 6623 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA; 6624 } 6625 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0)) 6626 { 6627 input_line_pointer += 5; 6628 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6629 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY; 6630 } 6631 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0) 6632 { 6633 input_line_pointer += 9; 6634 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6635 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 6636 { 6637 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym; 6638 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info = 6639 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info), 6640 STT_PARISC_MILLI); 6641 } 6642 #endif 6643 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE; 6644 } 6645 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0) 6646 { 6647 input_line_pointer += 6; 6648 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION; 6649 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL; 6650 } 6651 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0) 6652 { 6653 input_line_pointer += 8; 6654 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6655 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG; 6656 } 6657 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0) 6658 { 6659 input_line_pointer += 8; 6660 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6661 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG; 6662 } 6663 6664 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types 6665 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information 6666 to the SOM BFD backend. */ 6667 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type 6668 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type); 6669 #else 6670 (void) type; 6671 #endif 6672 6673 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled, 6674 handle any argument relocation information. */ 6675 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6676 { 6677 if (*input_line_pointer == ',') 6678 input_line_pointer++; 6679 name = input_line_pointer; 6680 c = get_symbol_end (); 6681 /* Argument sources. */ 6682 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0)) 6683 { 6684 p = input_line_pointer; 6685 *p = c; 6686 input_line_pointer++; 6687 temp = atoi (name + 4); 6688 name = input_line_pointer; 6689 c = get_symbol_end (); 6690 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name)); 6691 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6692 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6693 #else 6694 (void) arg_reloc; 6695 #endif 6696 *input_line_pointer = c; 6697 } 6698 /* The return value. */ 6699 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0) 6700 { 6701 p = input_line_pointer; 6702 *p = c; 6703 input_line_pointer++; 6704 name = input_line_pointer; 6705 c = get_symbol_end (); 6706 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name); 6707 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC) 6708 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc; 6709 #else 6710 (void) arg_reloc; 6711 #endif 6712 *input_line_pointer = c; 6713 } 6714 /* Privilege level. */ 6715 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0) 6716 { 6717 p = input_line_pointer; 6718 *p = c; 6719 input_line_pointer++; 6720 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer); 6721 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6722 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp; 6723 #endif 6724 c = get_symbol_end (); 6725 *input_line_pointer = c; 6726 } 6727 else 6728 { 6729 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name); 6730 p = input_line_pointer; 6731 *p = c; 6732 } 6733 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6734 input_line_pointer++; 6735 } 6736 } 6737 6738 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external 6739 and provides information such as argument relocation entries 6740 to callers. */ 6741 6742 static void 6743 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6744 { 6745 char *name, c, *p; 6746 symbolS *symbol; 6747 6748 name = input_line_pointer; 6749 c = get_symbol_end (); 6750 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */ 6751 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6752 { 6753 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name); 6754 p = input_line_pointer; 6755 *p = c; 6756 input_line_pointer++; 6757 } 6758 else 6759 { 6760 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations. 6761 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive. 6762 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set. 6763 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually 6764 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */ 6765 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6766 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; 6767 p = input_line_pointer; 6768 *p = c; 6769 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6770 { 6771 input_line_pointer++; 6772 pa_type_args (symbol, 1); 6773 } 6774 } 6775 6776 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6777 } 6778 6779 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given 6780 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or 6781 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */ 6782 6783 static void 6784 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6785 { 6786 char *name, c, *p; 6787 symbolS *symbol; 6788 6789 name = input_line_pointer; 6790 c = get_symbol_end (); 6791 6792 symbol = symbol_find (name); 6793 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file, 6794 in which case all the code below will really screw things up 6795 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */ 6796 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol)) 6797 { 6798 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name); 6799 p = input_line_pointer; 6800 *p = c; 6801 6802 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6803 { 6804 input_line_pointer++; 6805 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6806 } 6807 else 6808 { 6809 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help 6810 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on 6811 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really 6812 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */ 6813 if (now_seg == text_section) 6814 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 6815 6816 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined 6817 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */ 6818 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr); 6819 } 6820 } 6821 else 6822 { 6823 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to 6824 the end of the current statement. */ 6825 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6826 input_line_pointer++; 6827 } 6828 6829 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6830 } 6831 6832 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */ 6833 6834 static void 6835 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6836 { 6837 char *name, c, *p; 6838 6839 name = input_line_pointer; 6840 c = get_symbol_end (); 6841 6842 if (strlen (name) > 0) 6843 { 6844 colon (name); 6845 p = input_line_pointer; 6846 *p = c; 6847 } 6848 else 6849 { 6850 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL")); 6851 } 6852 6853 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6854 { 6855 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored.")); 6856 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6857 } 6858 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6859 } 6860 6861 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */ 6862 6863 static void 6864 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6865 { 6866 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6867 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6868 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6869 #endif 6870 6871 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported")); 6872 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6873 } 6874 6875 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */ 6876 6877 static void 6878 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6879 { 6880 char *level; 6881 6882 level = input_line_pointer; 6883 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0) 6884 { 6885 input_line_pointer += 3; 6886 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10)) 6887 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6888 } 6889 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0) 6890 { 6891 input_line_pointer += 3; 6892 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11)) 6893 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6894 } 6895 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0) 6896 { 6897 input_line_pointer += 4; 6898 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25)) 6899 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6900 } 6901 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0) 6902 { 6903 input_line_pointer += 3; 6904 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20)) 6905 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 6906 } 6907 else 6908 { 6909 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n")); 6910 ignore_rest_of_line (); 6911 } 6912 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6913 } 6914 6915 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */ 6916 6917 static void 6918 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6919 { 6920 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6921 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6922 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6923 #endif 6924 6925 s_org (0); 6926 pa_undefine_label (); 6927 } 6928 6929 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it 6930 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */ 6931 6932 static void 6933 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6934 { 6935 char *name, c, *p; 6936 symbolS *symbol; 6937 6938 name = input_line_pointer; 6939 c = get_symbol_end (); 6940 6941 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL) 6942 { 6943 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name); 6944 p = input_line_pointer; 6945 *p = c; 6946 input_line_pointer++; 6947 } 6948 else 6949 { 6950 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol); 6951 p = input_line_pointer; 6952 *p = c; 6953 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 6954 { 6955 input_line_pointer++; 6956 pa_type_args (symbol, 0); 6957 } 6958 } 6959 6960 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 6961 } 6962 6963 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning 6964 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */ 6965 6966 static void 6967 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 6968 { 6969 struct call_info *call_info; 6970 6971 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 6972 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 6973 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 6974 #endif 6975 6976 if (within_procedure) 6977 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures")); 6978 6979 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */ 6980 callinfo_found = FALSE; 6981 within_procedure = TRUE; 6982 6983 /* Create another call_info structure. */ 6984 call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info)); 6985 6986 if (!call_info) 6987 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n")); 6988 6989 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info)); 6990 6991 call_info->ci_next = NULL; 6992 6993 if (call_info_root == NULL) 6994 { 6995 call_info_root = call_info; 6996 last_call_info = call_info; 6997 } 6998 else 6999 { 7000 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info; 7001 last_call_info = call_info; 7002 } 7003 7004 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */ 7005 7006 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0; 7007 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1; 7008 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0; 7009 7010 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined 7011 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */ 7012 { 7013 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 7014 7015 if (label_symbol) 7016 { 7017 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 7018 { 7019 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 7020 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION; 7021 } 7022 else 7023 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 7024 } 7025 else 7026 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL; 7027 } 7028 7029 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7030 } 7031 7032 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the 7033 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */ 7034 7035 static void 7036 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7037 { 7038 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 7039 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 7040 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 7041 #endif 7042 7043 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've 7044 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the 7045 label was defined after the .PROC directive. 7046 7047 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment 7048 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched 7049 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */ 7050 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL) 7051 { 7052 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label (); 7053 7054 if (label_symbol) 7055 { 7056 if (label_symbol->lss_label) 7057 { 7058 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label; 7059 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags 7060 |= BSF_FUNCTION; 7061 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 7062 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind 7063 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */ 7064 if (within_entry_exit) 7065 { 7066 char *where; 7067 unsigned int u; 7068 7069 where = frag_more (0); 7070 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor); 7071 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0, 7072 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL, 7073 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u); 7074 } 7075 #endif 7076 } 7077 else 7078 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)")); 7079 } 7080 else 7081 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC")); 7082 } 7083 7084 if (!within_procedure) 7085 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend")); 7086 7087 if (!callinfo_found) 7088 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure")); 7089 7090 if (within_entry_exit) 7091 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY")); 7092 7093 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 7094 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute 7095 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */ 7096 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (); 7097 #endif 7098 7099 within_procedure = FALSE; 7100 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7101 pa_undefine_label (); 7102 } 7103 7104 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 7105 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then 7106 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */ 7107 7108 static int 7109 exact_log2 (int value) 7110 { 7111 int shift = 0; 7112 7113 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32) 7114 shift++; 7115 7116 if (shift >= 32) 7117 return -1; 7118 else 7119 return shift; 7120 } 7121 7122 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */ 7123 7124 static void 7125 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void) 7126 { 7127 if (current_space == NULL) 7128 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n")); 7129 7130 if (current_subspace == NULL) 7131 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n")); 7132 } 7133 7134 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero, 7135 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified 7136 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */ 7137 7138 static sd_chain_struct * 7139 pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag) 7140 { 7141 char *name, *ptemp, c; 7142 char loadable, defined, private, sort; 7143 int spnum; 7144 asection *seg = NULL; 7145 sd_chain_struct *space; 7146 7147 /* Load default values. */ 7148 spnum = 0; 7149 sort = 0; 7150 loadable = TRUE; 7151 defined = TRUE; 7152 private = FALSE; 7153 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0) 7154 { 7155 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment; 7156 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined; 7157 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private; 7158 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort; 7159 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum; 7160 } 7161 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0) 7162 { 7163 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment; 7164 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined; 7165 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private; 7166 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort; 7167 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum; 7168 } 7169 7170 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7171 { 7172 print_errors = FALSE; 7173 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1; 7174 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than 7175 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of 7176 the line should be ignored. */ 7177 strict = 0; 7178 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0); 7179 if (pa_number >= 0) 7180 { 7181 spnum = pa_number; 7182 input_line_pointer = ptemp; 7183 } 7184 else 7185 { 7186 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7187 { 7188 input_line_pointer++; 7189 name = input_line_pointer; 7190 c = get_symbol_end (); 7191 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0)) 7192 { 7193 *input_line_pointer = c; 7194 input_line_pointer++; 7195 spnum = get_absolute_expression (); 7196 } 7197 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7198 { 7199 *input_line_pointer = c; 7200 input_line_pointer++; 7201 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7202 } 7203 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7204 { 7205 *input_line_pointer = c; 7206 loadable = FALSE; 7207 } 7208 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0)) 7209 { 7210 *input_line_pointer = c; 7211 defined = FALSE; 7212 } 7213 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0)) 7214 { 7215 *input_line_pointer = c; 7216 private = TRUE; 7217 } 7218 else 7219 { 7220 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument")); 7221 *input_line_pointer = c; 7222 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7223 input_line_pointer++; 7224 } 7225 } 7226 } 7227 print_errors = TRUE; 7228 } 7229 7230 if (create_flag && seg == NULL) 7231 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0); 7232 7233 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with 7234 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in 7235 an already existing space -- this can only happen for 7236 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */ 7237 if (create_flag) 7238 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined, 7239 private, sort, seg, 1); 7240 else 7241 { 7242 space = is_defined_space (space_name); 7243 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum; 7244 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1; 7245 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1; 7246 } 7247 7248 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7249 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7250 #endif 7251 7252 return space; 7253 } 7254 7255 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the 7256 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */ 7257 7258 static void 7259 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7260 { 7261 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s; 7262 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain; 7263 7264 if (within_procedure) 7265 { 7266 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7267 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7268 } 7269 else 7270 { 7271 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code 7272 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts 7273 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */ 7274 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right? 7275 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */ 7276 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0) 7277 { 7278 input_line_pointer += 6; 7279 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$"); 7280 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7281 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1); 7282 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7283 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0); 7284 7285 current_space = sd_chain; 7286 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7287 current_subspace 7288 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section, 7289 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7290 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7291 return; 7292 } 7293 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0) 7294 { 7295 input_line_pointer += 9; 7296 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$"); 7297 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7298 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1); 7299 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7300 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0); 7301 7302 current_space = sd_chain; 7303 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7304 current_subspace 7305 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section, 7306 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7307 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7308 return; 7309 } 7310 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, 7311 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 7312 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME))) 7313 { 7314 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7315 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7316 if (sd_chain == NULL) 7317 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1); 7318 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0) 7319 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0); 7320 7321 current_space = sd_chain; 7322 7323 { 7324 asection *gdb_section 7325 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME); 7326 7327 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7328 current_subspace 7329 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section, 7330 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7331 } 7332 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7333 return; 7334 } 7335 7336 /* It could be a space specified by number. */ 7337 print_errors = 0; 7338 save_s = input_line_pointer; 7339 strict = 0; 7340 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0); 7341 if (pa_number >= 0) 7342 { 7343 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number))) 7344 { 7345 current_space = sd_chain; 7346 7347 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7348 current_subspace 7349 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7350 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7351 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7352 return; 7353 } 7354 } 7355 7356 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */ 7357 print_errors = 1; 7358 input_line_pointer = save_s; 7359 name = input_line_pointer; 7360 c = get_symbol_end (); 7361 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1); 7362 strcpy (space_name, name); 7363 *input_line_pointer = c; 7364 7365 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1); 7366 current_space = sd_chain; 7367 7368 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7369 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg, 7370 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg); 7371 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7372 } 7373 } 7374 7375 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */ 7376 7377 static void 7378 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 7379 { 7380 char *name; 7381 char c; 7382 char *p; 7383 sd_chain_struct *space; 7384 7385 name = input_line_pointer; 7386 c = get_symbol_end (); 7387 space = is_defined_space (name); 7388 if (space) 7389 { 7390 p = frag_more (4); 7391 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4); 7392 } 7393 else 7394 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name); 7395 7396 *input_line_pointer = c; 7397 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7398 } 7399 7400 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the 7401 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary. 7402 7403 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how 7404 they're broken up into subroutines. */ 7405 7406 static void 7407 pa_subspace (int create_new) 7408 { 7409 char *name, *ss_name, c; 7410 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort; 7411 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags; 7412 sd_chain_struct *space; 7413 ssd_chain_struct *ssd; 7414 asection *section; 7415 7416 if (current_space == NULL) 7417 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n")); 7418 7419 if (within_procedure) 7420 { 7421 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored")); 7422 ignore_rest_of_line (); 7423 } 7424 else 7425 { 7426 name = input_line_pointer; 7427 c = get_symbol_end (); 7428 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1); 7429 strcpy (ss_name, name); 7430 *input_line_pointer = c; 7431 7432 /* Load default values. */ 7433 sort = 0; 7434 access_ctr = 0x7f; 7435 loadable = 1; 7436 comdat = 0; 7437 common = 0; 7438 dup_common = 0; 7439 code_only = 0; 7440 zero = 0; 7441 space_index = ~0; 7442 alignment = 1; 7443 quadrant = 0; 7444 7445 space = current_space; 7446 if (create_new) 7447 ssd = NULL; 7448 else 7449 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name); 7450 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But 7451 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */ 7452 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd)) 7453 { 7454 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg); 7455 current_subspace = ssd; 7456 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7457 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified")); 7458 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7459 return; 7460 } 7461 else 7462 { 7463 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of 7464 the builtin subspaces. */ 7465 i = 0; 7466 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7467 { 7468 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0) 7469 { 7470 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable; 7471 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat; 7472 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common; 7473 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common; 7474 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only; 7475 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero; 7476 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index; 7477 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment; 7478 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant; 7479 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access; 7480 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort; 7481 break; 7482 } 7483 i++; 7484 } 7485 } 7486 7487 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in 7488 any information as specified by the user. */ 7489 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7490 { 7491 input_line_pointer++; 7492 while (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7493 { 7494 name = input_line_pointer; 7495 c = get_symbol_end (); 7496 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0)) 7497 { 7498 *input_line_pointer = c; 7499 input_line_pointer++; 7500 quadrant = get_absolute_expression (); 7501 } 7502 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0)) 7503 { 7504 *input_line_pointer = c; 7505 input_line_pointer++; 7506 alignment = get_absolute_expression (); 7507 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1) 7508 { 7509 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2")); 7510 alignment = 1; 7511 } 7512 } 7513 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0)) 7514 { 7515 *input_line_pointer = c; 7516 input_line_pointer++; 7517 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression (); 7518 } 7519 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0)) 7520 { 7521 *input_line_pointer = c; 7522 input_line_pointer++; 7523 sort = get_absolute_expression (); 7524 } 7525 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0)) 7526 { 7527 *input_line_pointer = c; 7528 code_only = 1; 7529 } 7530 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0)) 7531 { 7532 *input_line_pointer = c; 7533 loadable = 0; 7534 } 7535 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0)) 7536 { 7537 *input_line_pointer = c; 7538 comdat = 1; 7539 } 7540 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0)) 7541 { 7542 *input_line_pointer = c; 7543 common = 1; 7544 } 7545 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0)) 7546 { 7547 *input_line_pointer = c; 7548 dup_common = 1; 7549 } 7550 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0)) 7551 { 7552 *input_line_pointer = c; 7553 zero = 1; 7554 } 7555 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0)) 7556 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument")); 7557 else 7558 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument")); 7559 if (!is_end_of_statement ()) 7560 input_line_pointer++; 7561 } 7562 } 7563 7564 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information 7565 in the .subspace directive. */ 7566 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7567 flags = 0; 7568 if (loadable) 7569 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD); 7570 if (code_only) 7571 flags |= SEC_CODE; 7572 7573 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized 7574 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they 7575 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like 7576 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations 7577 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common 7578 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in 7579 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported 7580 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */ 7581 if (comdat || common || dup_common) 7582 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE; 7583 7584 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 7585 7586 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */ 7587 if (zero) 7588 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); 7589 7590 applicable &= flags; 7591 7592 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the 7593 segment already associated with the subspace. 7594 7595 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with 7596 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF 7597 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything 7598 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */ 7599 if (create_new) 7600 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0); 7601 else if (ssd) 7602 section = ssd->ssd_seg; 7603 else 7604 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0); 7605 7606 if (zero) 7607 seg_info (section)->bss = 1; 7608 7609 /* Now set the flags. */ 7610 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable); 7611 7612 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */ 7613 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment)); 7614 7615 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */ 7616 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section, 7617 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant)); 7618 7619 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace, 7620 or create a new one. */ 7621 if (ssd) 7622 7623 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7624 code_only, comdat, common, 7625 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr, 7626 space_index, alignment, quadrant, 7627 section); 7628 else 7629 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable, 7630 code_only, comdat, common, 7631 dup_common, zero, sort, 7632 access_ctr, space_index, 7633 alignment, quadrant, section); 7634 7635 demand_empty_rest_of_line (); 7636 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section; 7637 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg); 7638 } 7639 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1; 7640 } 7641 7642 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */ 7643 7644 static void 7645 pa_spaces_begin (void) 7646 { 7647 int i; 7648 7649 space_dict_root = NULL; 7650 space_dict_last = NULL; 7651 7652 i = 0; 7653 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name) 7654 { 7655 char *name; 7656 7657 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */ 7658 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name; 7659 7660 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0); 7661 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum, 7662 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined, 7663 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort, 7664 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0); 7665 i++; 7666 } 7667 7668 i = 0; 7669 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name) 7670 { 7671 char *name; 7672 int applicable, subsegment; 7673 asection *segment = NULL; 7674 sd_chain_struct *space; 7675 7676 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right 7677 subsegment number. */ 7678 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name; 7679 subsegment = 0; 7680 7681 /* Create the new section. */ 7682 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment); 7683 7684 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss 7685 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for 7686 all the built-in subspaces. */ 7687 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$")) 7688 { 7689 text_section = segment; 7690 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7691 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7692 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7693 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE 7694 | SEC_READONLY 7695 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7696 } 7697 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$")) 7698 { 7699 data_section = segment; 7700 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7701 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7702 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7703 | SEC_RELOC 7704 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7705 7706 } 7707 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$")) 7708 { 7709 bss_section = segment; 7710 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7711 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7712 applicable & SEC_ALLOC); 7713 } 7714 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$")) 7715 { 7716 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7717 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7718 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7719 | SEC_RELOC 7720 | SEC_READONLY 7721 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7722 } 7723 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$")) 7724 { 7725 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7726 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7727 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7728 | SEC_RELOC 7729 | SEC_READONLY 7730 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7731 } 7732 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$")) 7733 { 7734 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput); 7735 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment, 7736 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD 7737 | SEC_RELOC 7738 | SEC_READONLY 7739 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)); 7740 } 7741 7742 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */ 7743 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i]. 7744 def_space_index].segment); 7745 if (space == NULL) 7746 { 7747 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."), 7748 pa_def_subspaces[i].name); 7749 } 7750 7751 create_new_subspace (space, name, 7752 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable, 7753 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only, 7754 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat, 7755 pa_def_subspaces[i].common, 7756 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common, 7757 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero, 7758 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort, 7759 pa_def_subspaces[i].access, 7760 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index, 7761 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment, 7762 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant, 7763 segment); 7764 i++; 7765 } 7766 } 7767 7768 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7769 by the given parameters. */ 7770 7771 static sd_chain_struct * 7772 create_new_space (char *name, 7773 int spnum, 7774 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7775 int defined, 7776 int private, 7777 int sort, 7778 asection *seg, 7779 int user_defined) 7780 { 7781 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7782 7783 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct)); 7784 if (!chain_entry) 7785 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"), 7786 name); 7787 7788 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1); 7789 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name); 7790 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined; 7791 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined; 7792 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum; 7793 7794 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg; 7795 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1; 7796 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL; 7797 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL; 7798 7799 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */ 7800 if (!space_dict_last) 7801 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7802 7803 if (space_dict_root == NULL) 7804 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7805 else 7806 { 7807 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7808 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7809 7810 chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7811 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7812 7813 while (chain_pointer) 7814 { 7815 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7816 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next; 7817 } 7818 7819 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new 7820 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */ 7821 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7822 { 7823 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7824 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry; 7825 } 7826 else 7827 { 7828 space_dict_root = chain_entry; 7829 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer; 7830 } 7831 7832 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL) 7833 space_dict_last = chain_entry; 7834 } 7835 7836 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get 7837 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at 7838 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where 7839 the user modifies a predefined space. */ 7840 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes 7841 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum); 7842 #endif 7843 7844 return chain_entry; 7845 } 7846 7847 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined 7848 by the given parameters. 7849 7850 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical 7851 order as defined by the SORT entries. */ 7852 7853 static ssd_chain_struct * 7854 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7855 char *name, 7856 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7857 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7858 int comdat, 7859 int common, 7860 int dup_common, 7861 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7862 int sort, 7863 int access_ctr, 7864 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7865 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7866 int quadrant, 7867 asection *seg) 7868 { 7869 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7870 7871 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct)); 7872 if (!chain_entry) 7873 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name); 7874 7875 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1); 7876 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name); 7877 7878 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive 7879 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */ 7880 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0; 7881 7882 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0; 7883 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg; 7884 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL; 7885 7886 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */ 7887 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL) 7888 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7889 else 7890 { 7891 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7892 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer; 7893 7894 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces; 7895 prev_chain_pointer = NULL; 7896 7897 while (chain_pointer) 7898 { 7899 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer; 7900 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next; 7901 } 7902 7903 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update 7904 the links. */ 7905 if (prev_chain_pointer) 7906 { 7907 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7908 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry; 7909 } 7910 else 7911 { 7912 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry; 7913 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer; 7914 } 7915 } 7916 7917 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7918 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7919 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7920 #endif 7921 7922 return chain_entry; 7923 } 7924 7925 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the 7926 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */ 7927 7928 static ssd_chain_struct * 7929 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space, 7930 char *name, 7931 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7932 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7933 int comdat, 7934 int common, 7935 int dup_common, 7936 int sort, 7937 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7938 int access_ctr, 7939 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7940 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 7941 int quadrant, 7942 asection *section) 7943 { 7944 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry; 7945 7946 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name); 7947 7948 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes 7949 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort, 7950 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common); 7951 #endif 7952 7953 return chain_entry; 7954 } 7955 7956 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or 7957 NULL if no such space exists. */ 7958 7959 static sd_chain_struct * 7960 is_defined_space (char *name) 7961 { 7962 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer; 7963 7964 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root; 7965 chain_pointer; 7966 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next) 7967 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0) 7968 return chain_pointer; 7969 7970 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */ 7971 return NULL; 7972 } 7973 7974 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping 7975 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL. 7976 7977 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much, 7978 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */ 7979 7980 static sd_chain_struct * 7981 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg) 7982 { 7983 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 7984 7985 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */ 7986 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 7987 space_chain; 7988 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 7989 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 7990 return space_chain; 7991 7992 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */ 7993 return NULL; 7994 } 7995 7996 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name 7997 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists. 7998 7999 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to 8000 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations. 8001 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non 8002 COMDAT data. 8003 8004 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may 8005 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its 8006 own subspace. */ 8007 8008 static ssd_chain_struct * 8009 is_defined_subspace (char *name) 8010 { 8011 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 8012 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 8013 8014 /* Walk through each space. */ 8015 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 8016 space_chain; 8017 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 8018 { 8019 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */ 8020 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 8021 subspace_chain; 8022 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 8023 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0) 8024 return subspace_chain; 8025 } 8026 8027 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */ 8028 return NULL; 8029 } 8030 8031 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no 8032 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL. 8033 8034 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace 8035 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have 8036 to become more efficient. */ 8037 8038 static ssd_chain_struct * 8039 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg) 8040 { 8041 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 8042 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain; 8043 8044 /* Walk through each space. */ 8045 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 8046 space_chain; 8047 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 8048 { 8049 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg) 8050 { 8051 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for 8052 the correct mapping. */ 8053 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces; 8054 subspace_chain; 8055 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next) 8056 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg) 8057 return subspace_chain; 8058 } 8059 } 8060 8061 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */ 8062 return NULL; 8063 } 8064 8065 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number. 8066 8067 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space 8068 that was found or NULL on failure. */ 8069 8070 static sd_chain_struct * 8071 pa_find_space_by_number (int number) 8072 { 8073 sd_chain_struct *space_chain; 8074 8075 for (space_chain = space_dict_root; 8076 space_chain; 8077 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next) 8078 { 8079 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number) 8080 return space_chain; 8081 } 8082 8083 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */ 8084 return NULL; 8085 } 8086 8087 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting 8088 address is unknown then return zero. */ 8089 8090 static unsigned int 8091 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant) 8092 { 8093 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this 8094 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */ 8095 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1) 8096 return 0x40000000; 8097 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1) 8098 return 0x40000000; 8099 else 8100 return 0; 8101 return 0; 8102 } 8103 #endif 8104 8105 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of 8106 a string. */ 8107 8108 static unsigned int 8109 pa_stringer_aux (char *s) 8110 { 8111 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK; 8112 8113 switch (c) 8114 { 8115 case '\"': 8116 c = NOT_A_CHAR; 8117 break; 8118 default: 8119 break; 8120 } 8121 return c; 8122 } 8123 8124 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */ 8125 8126 static void 8127 pa_stringer (int append_zero) 8128 { 8129 char *s, num_buf[4]; 8130 unsigned int c; 8131 int i; 8132 8133 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences. 8134 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be 8135 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */ 8136 8137 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8138 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8139 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8140 #endif 8141 8142 /* Skip the opening quote. */ 8143 s = input_line_pointer + 1; 8144 8145 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++))) 8146 { 8147 if (c == '\\') 8148 { 8149 c = *s; 8150 switch (c) 8151 { 8152 /* Handle \x<num>. */ 8153 case 'x': 8154 { 8155 unsigned int number; 8156 int num_digit; 8157 char dg; 8158 char *s_start = s; 8159 8160 /* Get past the 'x'. */ 8161 s++; 8162 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s; 8163 num_digit < 2 8164 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8165 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F')); 8166 num_digit++) 8167 { 8168 if (ISDIGIT (dg)) 8169 number = number * 16 + dg - '0'; 8170 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f') 8171 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10; 8172 else 8173 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10; 8174 8175 s++; 8176 dg = *s; 8177 } 8178 if (num_digit > 0) 8179 { 8180 switch (num_digit) 8181 { 8182 case 1: 8183 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number); 8184 break; 8185 case 2: 8186 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number); 8187 break; 8188 } 8189 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++) 8190 s_start[i] = num_buf[i]; 8191 } 8192 break; 8193 } 8194 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */ 8195 default: 8196 s++; 8197 break; 8198 } 8199 } 8200 } 8201 stringer (8 + append_zero); 8202 pa_undefine_label (); 8203 } 8204 8205 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */ 8206 8207 static void 8208 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8209 { 8210 obj_version (0); 8211 pa_undefine_label (); 8212 } 8213 8214 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8215 8216 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */ 8217 8218 static void 8219 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8220 { 8221 obj_som_compiler (0); 8222 pa_undefine_label (); 8223 } 8224 8225 #endif 8226 8227 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */ 8228 8229 static void 8230 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8231 { 8232 obj_copyright (0); 8233 pa_undefine_label (); 8234 } 8235 8236 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine 8237 the latest space label. */ 8238 8239 static void 8240 pa_cons (int nbytes) 8241 { 8242 cons (nbytes); 8243 pa_undefine_label (); 8244 } 8245 8246 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */ 8247 8248 static void 8249 pa_float_cons (int float_type) 8250 { 8251 float_cons (float_type); 8252 pa_undefine_label (); 8253 } 8254 8255 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */ 8256 8257 static void 8258 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8259 { 8260 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8261 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8262 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8263 #endif 8264 8265 s_fill (0); 8266 pa_undefine_label (); 8267 } 8268 8269 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */ 8270 8271 static void 8272 pa_lcomm (int needs_align) 8273 { 8274 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8275 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8276 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8277 #endif 8278 8279 s_lcomm (needs_align); 8280 pa_undefine_label (); 8281 } 8282 8283 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */ 8284 8285 static void 8286 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8287 { 8288 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8289 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */ 8290 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (); 8291 #endif 8292 8293 s_lsym (0); 8294 pa_undefine_label (); 8295 } 8296 8297 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should 8298 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */ 8299 8300 void 8301 md_begin (void) 8302 { 8303 const char *retval = NULL; 8304 int lose = 0; 8305 unsigned int i = 0; 8306 8307 last_call_info = NULL; 8308 call_info_root = NULL; 8309 8310 /* Set the default machine type. */ 8311 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL)) 8312 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine")); 8313 8314 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA. 8315 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */ 8316 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text) 8317 { 8318 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target.")); 8319 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0; 8320 } 8321 8322 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8323 pa_spaces_begin (); 8324 #endif 8325 8326 op_hash = hash_new (); 8327 8328 while (i < NUMOPCODES) 8329 { 8330 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name; 8331 8332 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]); 8333 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0') 8334 { 8335 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval); 8336 lose = 1; 8337 } 8338 8339 do 8340 { 8341 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask) 8342 != pa_opcodes[i].match) 8343 { 8344 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"), 8345 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args); 8346 lose = 1; 8347 } 8348 ++i; 8349 } 8350 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name)); 8351 } 8352 8353 if (lose) 8354 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted.")); 8355 8356 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8357 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put 8358 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */ 8359 subseg_set (text_section, 0); 8360 #endif 8361 8362 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8363 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy"); 8364 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section); 8365 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */ 8366 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP; 8367 #endif 8368 } 8369 8370 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be 8371 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument 8372 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions. 8373 8374 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing 8375 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates 8376 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of 8377 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry 8378 with the address of "foo"). 8379 8380 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend 8381 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of 8382 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8. 8383 8384 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for 8385 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field 8386 selectors). 8387 8388 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such 8389 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */ 8390 8391 int 8392 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp) 8393 { 8394 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8395 reloc_type code; 8396 #endif 8397 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix; 8398 8399 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8400 8401 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8402 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation 8403 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below) 8404 even if they occur with a different selector. */ 8405 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type, 8406 hppa_fix->fx_r_format, 8407 hppa_fix->fx_r_field); 8408 8409 switch (code) 8410 { 8411 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */ 8412 case R_PARISC_DIR21L: 8413 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L: 8414 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L: 8415 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L: 8416 8417 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */ 8418 case R_PARISC_DIR14R: 8419 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR: 8420 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR: 8421 case R_PARISC_DIR17R: 8422 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R: 8423 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR: 8424 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR: 8425 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R: 8426 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR: 8427 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR: 8428 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R: 8429 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR: 8430 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR: 8431 8432 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */ 8433 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY: 8434 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT: 8435 return 0; 8436 default: 8437 break; 8438 } 8439 #endif 8440 8441 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when 8442 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace. 8443 8444 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these; 8445 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever 8446 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */ 8447 if (fixp->fx_addsy 8448 && fixp->fx_subsy 8449 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE)) 8450 return 0; 8451 8452 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors. 8453 8454 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will 8455 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at 8456 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice 8457 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for 8458 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the 8459 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and 8460 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer 8461 sum to the right value. 8462 8463 eg. Suppose we have 8464 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21 8465 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26 8466 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25 8467 8468 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after 8469 reducing to the section symbol we get 8470 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0 8471 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092 8472 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096 8473 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k 8474 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096. 8475 8476 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we 8477 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds 8478 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP 8479 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case 8480 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */ 8481 8482 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel 8483 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel 8484 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel) 8485 return 0; 8486 8487 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs, 8488 relocations with plabels. */ 8489 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel 8490 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel 8491 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel 8492 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel 8493 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel 8494 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel) 8495 return 0; 8496 8497 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */ 8498 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8499 return 0; 8500 8501 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */ 8502 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy)) 8503 return 0; 8504 8505 return 1; 8506 } 8507 8508 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation, 8509 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled 8510 within GAS. */ 8511 8512 int 8513 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp) 8514 { 8515 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp; 8516 8517 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data; 8518 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8519 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY 8520 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT 8521 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB 8522 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB 8523 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY 8524 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY 8525 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL 8526 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)) 8527 return 1; 8528 #endif 8529 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8530 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT 8531 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY) 8532 return 1; 8533 #endif 8534 8535 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL); 8536 8537 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic 8538 linking works. */ 8539 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1)) 8540 return 1; 8541 8542 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation 8543 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long 8544 call stub. */ 8545 if (fixp->fx_pcrel 8546 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy), 8547 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc)) 8548 return 1; 8549 8550 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */ 8551 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL) 8552 { 8553 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp); 8554 valueT distance, min_stub_distance; 8555 8556 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8; 8557 8558 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most 8559 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */ 8560 min_stub_distance = pc + 16; 8561 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8562 if (last_call_info != NULL) 8563 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol); 8564 #endif 8565 8566 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216 8567 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608) 8568 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17 8569 && distance + 262144 >= 524288 8570 && min_stub_distance <= 262144) 8571 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12 8572 && distance + 8192 >= 16384 8573 && min_stub_distance <= 8192) 8574 ) 8575 return 1; 8576 } 8577 8578 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL) 8579 return 1; 8580 8581 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */ 8582 return 0; 8583 } 8584 8585 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */ 8586 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8587 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size 8588 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the 8589 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the 8590 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */ 8591 8592 void 8593 elf_hppa_final_processing (void) 8594 { 8595 struct call_info *call_info_pointer; 8596 8597 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root; 8598 call_info_pointer; 8599 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next) 8600 { 8601 elf_symbol_type *esym 8602 = ((elf_symbol_type *) 8603 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol)); 8604 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size = 8605 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol) 8606 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4; 8607 } 8608 } 8609 8610 static void 8611 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8612 { 8613 struct fix *new_fix; 8614 8615 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0); 8616 8617 if (new_fix) 8618 { 8619 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (¬es, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct)); 8620 8621 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8622 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8623 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8624 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8625 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8626 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8627 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY; 8628 } 8629 } 8630 8631 static void 8632 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 8633 { 8634 struct fix *new_fix; 8635 8636 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0); 8637 8638 if (new_fix) 8639 { 8640 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (¬es, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct)); 8641 8642 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA; 8643 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel; 8644 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32; 8645 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0; 8646 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg; 8647 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix; 8648 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT; 8649 } 8650 } 8651 #endif 8652 8653 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these 8654 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file 8655 dependent tables? */ 8656 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] = 8657 { 8658 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested, 8659 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */ 8660 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8661 {"align", pa_align, 8}, 8662 #endif 8663 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8664 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8}, 8665 #endif 8666 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1}, 8667 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1}, 8668 {"block", pa_block, 1}, 8669 {"blockz", pa_block, 0}, 8670 {"byte", pa_cons, 1}, 8671 {"call", pa_call, 0}, 8672 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0}, 8673 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)) 8674 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0}, 8675 #else 8676 {"code", pa_text, 0}, 8677 {"comm", pa_comm, 0}, 8678 #endif 8679 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8680 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0}, 8681 #endif 8682 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0}, 8683 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8684 {"data", pa_data, 0}, 8685 #endif 8686 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'}, 8687 {"dword", pa_cons, 8}, 8688 {"end", pa_end, 0}, 8689 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0}, 8690 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8691 {"end_try", pa_try, 0}, 8692 #endif 8693 {"enter", pa_enter, 0}, 8694 {"entry", pa_entry, 0}, 8695 {"equ", pa_equ, 0}, 8696 {"exit", pa_exit, 0}, 8697 {"export", pa_export, 0}, 8698 {"fill", pa_fill, 0}, 8699 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8700 {"half", pa_cons, 2}, 8701 {"import", pa_import, 0}, 8702 {"int", pa_cons, 4}, 8703 {"label", pa_label, 0}, 8704 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0}, 8705 {"leave", pa_leave, 0}, 8706 {"level", pa_level, 0}, 8707 {"long", pa_cons, 4}, 8708 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0}, 8709 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8710 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1}, 8711 #endif 8712 {"octa", pa_cons, 16}, 8713 {"org", pa_origin, 0}, 8714 {"origin", pa_origin, 0}, 8715 {"param", pa_param, 0}, 8716 {"proc", pa_proc, 0}, 8717 {"procend", pa_procend, 0}, 8718 {"quad", pa_cons, 8}, 8719 {"reg", pa_equ, 1}, 8720 {"short", pa_cons, 2}, 8721 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'}, 8722 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8723 {"space", pa_space, 0}, 8724 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0}, 8725 #endif 8726 {"string", pa_stringer, 0}, 8727 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1}, 8728 #ifdef OBJ_SOM 8729 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0}, 8730 #endif 8731 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) 8732 {"text", pa_text, 0}, 8733 #endif 8734 {"version", pa_version, 0}, 8735 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8736 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0}, 8737 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0}, 8738 #endif 8739 {"word", pa_cons, 4}, 8740 {NULL, 0, 0} 8741 }; 8742 8743 #ifdef OBJ_ELF 8744 void 8745 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void) 8746 { 8747 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0); 8748 } 8749 8750 int 8751 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname) 8752 { 8753 unsigned int regnum = -1; 8754 unsigned int i; 8755 const char *p; 8756 char *q; 8757 static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] = 8758 { 8759 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 }, 8760 }; 8761 8762 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i) 8763 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0) 8764 return regnames[i].dw2regnum; 8765 8766 if (regname[0] == 'r') 8767 { 8768 p = regname + 1; 8769 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8770 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32) 8771 return -1; 8772 } 8773 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r') 8774 { 8775 p = regname + 2; 8776 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10); 8777 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64 8778 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8779 return -1; 8780 regnum += 32 - 4; 8781 #else 8782 if (p == q 8783 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1))) 8784 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32) 8785 return -1; 8786 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32; 8787 if (*q == 'R') 8788 regnum++; 8789 #endif 8790 } 8791 return regnum; 8792 } 8793 #endif 8794